csc-101 line protection ied engineering and operation manual...this manual is valid for csc-101 line...

231
CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual

Upload: others

Post on 05-Apr-2020

124 views

Category:

Documents


16 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

CSC-101

Line Protection IED

Engineering and Operation

Manual

Page 2: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

CSC-101 Line Protection IED

Engineering and Operation Manual

Compiled: Jin Rui

Checked: Hou Changsong

Standardized: Li Lianchang

Inspected: Cui Chenfan

Version: V1.01

Doc.Code:0SF.461.043(E)

Issued Date:2012.8.31

Page 3: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Version:V1.01

Doc. Code: 0SF.461.043(E)

Issued Date:2012.8

Copyright owner: Beijing Sifang Automation Co., Ltd

Note: The company keeps the right to perfect the instruction. If equipments do

not agree with the instruction at anywhere, please contact our company in time.

We will provide you with corresponding service.

® is registered trademark of Beijing Sifang Automation Co., Ltd.

We reserve all rights to this document, even in the event that a patent is issued and a different commercial proprietary right is registered. Improper use, in particular reproduction and dissemination to third parties, is not permitted.

This document has been carefully checked. If the user nevertheless detects any errors, he is asked to notify us as soon as possible.

The data contained in this manual is intended solely for the IED description and is not to be deemed to be a statement of guaranteed properties. In the interests of our customers, we constantly seek to ensure that our products are developed to the latest technological standards as a result it is possible that there may be some differences between the hardware/software product and this information product.

Manufacturer: Beijing Sifang Automation Co., Ltd.

Tel: +86 10 62962554, +86 10 62961515 ext. 8998 Fax: +86 10 82783625 Email: [email protected] Website: http://www.sf-auto.com

Add: No.9, Shangdi 4th Street, Haidian District, Beijing, P.R.C.100085

Page 4: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Preface

Purpose of this manual

This manual describes operation, installation, commissioning, protection test

and putting the IED into service. The manual includes the following chapters:

Introduction, this chapter presents the basic content and have a brief

introduction of this manual

Local human machine interface, this chapter presents the configuration

of HMI interface and how to use the HMI

Installing the IED, this chapter introduces the procedure to install IED and

how to check that the IED is properly connected to the protection system

Read and change setting, this chapter introduces how to read and

change the setting value via LHMI or software tool, and switch the setting

value group

Testing the communication connection and time synchronization, this

chapter presents how to test the communication port connection and

introduces how to test time synchronization

IED testing, this chapter contains that what should be tested and how to

test the IED

Operating maintenance, this chaper describes the items for maintenance

and how to maintain the IED when operating

Transportion and storage, this chapter presents how to transport and

store the IED

Appendix, this chapter presents the significant data and diagram of the

IED

Target audience

This manual mainly face to installation engineer, commissioning engineer and

operation engineer with perfessional electric and electrical knowledge, rich

experience in protection function, using protection IED, test IED, responsible

Page 5: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

for the installation, commissioning, maintenance and taking the protection

IED in and out of normal service.

Applicability of this manual

This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED.

Technical support

In case of further questions concerning the CSC family, please contact Sifang

compay or your local Sifang representative.

Safety information

Strictly follow the company and international safety regulations.

Working in a high voltage environment requires serious approch to

aviod human injuries and damage to equipment

Do not touch any circuitry during operation. Potentially lethal

voltages and currents are present

Avoid to touching the circuitry when covers are removed. The IED

contains electirc circuits which can be damaged if exposed to static

electricity. Lethal high voltage circuits are also exposed when covers

are removed

Using the isolated test pins when measuring signals in open circuitry.

Potentially lethal voltages and currents are present

Never connect or disconnect wire and/or connector to or from IED

during normal operation. Dangerous voltages and currents are

present. Operation may be interrupted and IED and measuring

circuitry may be damaged

Always connect the IED to protective earth regardless of the

Page 6: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

operating conditions. Operating the IED without proper earthing may

damage both IED and measuring circuitry and may cause injuries in

case of an accident.

Do not disconnect the secondary connection of current transformer

without short-circuiting the transformer’s secondary winding.

Operating a current transformer with the secondary winding open will

cause a high voltage that may damage the transformer and may

cause injuries to humans.

Do not remove the screw from a powered IED or from an IED

connected to power circuitry. Potentially lethal voltages and currents

are present

Using the certified conductive bags to transport PCBs (modules).

Handling modules with a conductive wrist strap connected to

protective earth and on an antistatic surface. Electrostatic discharge

may cause damage to the module due to electronic circuits are

sensitive to this phenomenon

Do not connect live wires to the IED, internal circuitry may be

damaged

When replacing modules using a conductive wrist strap connected to

protective earth. Electrostatic discharge may damage the modules

and IED circuitry

When installing and commissioning, take care to avoid electrical

shock if accessing wiring and connection IEDs

Changing the setting value group will inevitably change the IEDs

operation. Be careful and check regulations before making the

change

Page 7: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Contents

Chapter 1 IED Introduction ............................................................................................................... 1

Chapter 2 Local human machine interface .................................................................................... 3

1 Introduction ....................................................................................................................................... 4

2 Liquid crystal display(LCD) ....................................................................................................... 6

3 Keyboard .......................................................................................................................................... 7

4 IED menu .......................................................................................................................................... 8

4.1 Menu construction ........................................................................................................... 8

4.2 Operation status .............................................................................................................. 9

4.3 Query reports ................................................................................................................. 10

4.4 Set time ........................................................................................................................... 10

4.5 Contrast .......................................................................................................................... 10

4.6 Settings ........................................................................................................................... 11

4.7 IED setting ...................................................................................................................... 11

4.8 Test binary output .......................................................................................................... 12

4.9 Testing operation ........................................................................................................... 12

Chapter 3 Installing IED .................................................................................................................. 13

1 Unpacking and checking the IED ................................................................................................ 14

2 Installing the IED ........................................................................................................................... 15

3 IED connection .............................................................................................................................. 16

3.1 IED connector ................................................................................................................ 16

3.1.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 16

3.1.2 Terminals of Analogue Input Module (AIM) ....................................................... 17

3.1.3 Terminals of Binary Input Module (BIM) ............................................................. 18

3.1.4 Terminals of Binary Output Module (BOM) ........................................................ 19

3.1.5 Terminals of Communication module (COM) .................................................... 23

3.1.6 Communication ports of CPU module (CPU) .................................................... 24

3.1.7 Terminals of Power Supply Module (PSM) ........................................................ 25

3.1.8 RS232 port ............................................................................................................. 26

3.2 Connecting to protective earth .................................................................................... 26

3.3 Connecting the power supply module ........................................................................ 26

3.4 Connecting to CT and VT circuits ............................................................................... 26

3.5 Connecting the binary inputs and outputs ................................................................. 26

3.6 Making the screen connection ..................................................................................... 28

3.7 Optical connections ....................................................................................................... 28

3.8 RS485 and RS232 ports connection .......................................................................... 29

3.8.1 RS485 port connection ......................................................................................... 29

3.8.2 RS232 port connection ......................................................................................... 29

3.9 Connecting the GPS ..................................................................................................... 30

4 Checking before energizing ......................................................................................................... 31

4.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 31

Page 8: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

4.2 Checking the protective earth connection .................................................................. 31

4.3 Checking the power supply connection ...................................................................... 31

4.4 Checking the CT and VT circuits connection ............................................................ 31

4.4.1 Checking the CT circuits connection .................................................................. 31

4.4.2 Checking the VT connection ................................................................................ 32

4.5 Checking the binary input and output connection ..................................................... 32

4.5.1 Checking the binary input connection ................................................................. 32

4.5.2 Checking the binary output connection .............................................................. 33

4.6 Checking the screened cables connection ................................................................ 33

4.7 Checking the optical connections ................................................................................ 33

4.8 Checking the S485 and RS232 port connectios ....................................................... 33

4.8.1 Checking the RS485 port connection ................................................................. 33

4.8.2 Checking RS232 port connection ........................................................................ 33

4.9 Checking GPS connection ........................................................................................... 33

4.10 Checking the insulation voltage and insulation resistance ...................................... 33

4.10.1 Checking the insulation voltage ........................................................................... 34

4.10.2 Checking the insulation resistance ..................................................................... 34

5 Checking after energizing ............................................................................................................. 35

5.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 35

5.2 Test LCD ......................................................................................................................... 35

5.3 Test the keyboard .......................................................................................................... 35

5.4 Setting the IED time ...................................................................................................... 35

5.5 Self-supervision HMI data ............................................................................................ 36

5.6 Checking the software and hardware version ........................................................... 36

Chapter 4 Read and change setting .............................................................................................. 37

1 Read and change the setting vaule ............................................................................................ 38

1.1 Read and change the setting value via LHMI............................................................ 38

1.1.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 38

1.1.2 Communication parameter ................................................................................... 38

1.1.3 Equipment parameter ............................................................................................ 39

1.1.4 Setting values and binary settings for protection function ............................... 39

2 Switching the setting group .......................................................................................................... 48

2.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 48

2.2 Method for switching setting group via LHMI ............................................................ 48

2.3 Method for switching setting group via binary input ................................................. 48

Chapter 5 Testing the communication connection and time synchronization ......................... 49

1 Testing the communication connection ...................................................................................... 50

1.1 Testing the Ethernet communication .......................................................................... 50

1.1.1 Testing the electrical Ethernet communication .................................................. 50

1.1.2 Testing the optical Ethernet communication ...................................................... 50

1.2 Testing the RS485 port ................................................................................................. 50

1.3 Testing the RS232 port ................................................................................................. 50

2 Testing the time synchronization ................................................................................................. 52

2.1 Network mode ................................................................................................................ 52

Page 9: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

2.2 Pulse mode .................................................................................................................... 52

2.3 IRIG-B mode .................................................................................................................. 52

Chapter 6 IED testing ...................................................................................................................... 53

1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 54

2 Points for attention during testing ............................................................................................... 56

3 Preparing for test ........................................................................................................................... 58

3.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 58

3.2 Connecting test equipment to IED .............................................................................. 58

4 Testing the power supply .............................................................................................................. 60

4.1 Checking the self-startup performance ...................................................................... 60

4.2 DC power on and power off testing ............................................................................ 60

4.3 Checking the expiry date of power supply ................................................................. 60

5 Checking the analog channel ...................................................................................................... 61

5.1 Checking the zero drift .................................................................................................. 61

5.2 Calibrating ...................................................................................................................... 61

5.3 Checking the accuracy and the linearity of analog quantitis ................................... 61

5.4 Checking the polarity of analog quantities ................................................................. 62

6 Testing binary input ....................................................................................................................... 63

7 Testing binary output ..................................................................................................................... 64

8 Verifying the IED functions ........................................................................................................... 65

8.1 Distance protection ....................................................................................................... 65

8.1.1 Verifying the settings ............................................................................................. 65

8.1.2 Completing the test ............................................................................................... 88

8.1.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................... 88

8.2 Power swing function .................................................................................................... 91

8.2.1 Verifying the power swing function settings....................................................... 91

8.2.2 Completing the test ............................................................................................... 91

8.2.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................... 91

8.3 Teleprotection for distance protection ........................................................................ 92

8.3.1 Verifying the settings ............................................................................................. 92

8.3.2 Completing the test ............................................................................................. 104

8.3.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 104

8.4 Teleprotection for earth fault protection ................................................................... 105

8.4.1 Verifying the settings ........................................................................................... 105

8.4.2 Completing the test ............................................................................................. 109

8.4.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 110

8.5 Overcurrent protection ................................................................................................ 110

8.5.1 Verifying the settings ........................................................................................... 111

8.5.2 Completing the test ............................................................................................. 115

8.5.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 116

8.6 Earth fault protection ................................................................................................... 117

8.6.1 Verifying the settings ........................................................................................... 117

8.6.2 Completing the test ............................................................................................. 121

8.6.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 121

Page 10: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

8.7 Emergency/backup overcurrent protection .............................................................. 123

8.7.1 Verifying the settings ........................................................................................... 123

8.7.2 Completing the test .............................................................................................. 128

8.7.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 128

8.8 Emergency/backup earth fault protection ................................................................ 129

8.8.1 Verifying the settings ........................................................................................... 129

8.8.2 Completing the test .............................................................................................. 133

8.8.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 133

8.9 Switch-onto-fault protection ........................................................................................ 134

8.9.1 Verifying the settings ........................................................................................... 134

8.9.2 Completing the test .............................................................................................. 141

8.9.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 141

8.10 Overload protection ..................................................................................................... 142

8.10.1 Verifying the settings ........................................................................................... 142

8.10.2 Completing the test .............................................................................................. 144

8.10.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 144

8.11 Overvoltage protection ................................................................................................ 144

8.11.1 Verifying the settings ........................................................................................... 144

8.11.2 Completing the test .............................................................................................. 149

8.11.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 149

8.12 Undervoltage protection .............................................................................................. 150

8.12.1 Verifying the settings ........................................................................................... 150

8.12.2 Completing the test .............................................................................................. 156

8.12.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 156

8.13 Circuit breaker failure protection ............................................................................... 157

8.13.1 Verifying the settings of stage 1 of CBF protection......................................... 157

8.13.2 Completing the test .............................................................................................. 161

8.13.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 161

8.14 Dead zone protection .................................................................................................. 162

8.14.1 Verifying the settings ........................................................................................... 162

8.14.2 Completing the test .............................................................................................. 164

8.14.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 164

8.15 STUB protection ........................................................................................................... 164

8.15.1 Verifying the settings ........................................................................................... 164

8.15.2 Completing the test .............................................................................................. 165

8.15.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 166

8.16 Poles discordance protection ..................................................................................... 166

8.16.1 Verifying the settings ........................................................................................... 166

8.16.2 Completing the test .............................................................................................. 169

8.16.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 169

8.17 Synchro-check and energizing check function ........................................................ 169

8.17.1 Verifying the settings ........................................................................................... 170

8.17.2 Completing the test .............................................................................................. 180

8.17.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 180

Page 11: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

8.18 Auto-reclosing .............................................................................................................. 181

8.18.1 Verifying the settings ........................................................................................... 181

8.18.2 Completing the test ............................................................................................. 183

8.18.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 183

8.19 Current transformer secondary circuit supervision ................................................. 185

8.19.1 Verifying the settings ........................................................................................... 185

8.19.2 Completing the test ............................................................................................. 186

8.19.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 186

8.20 Voltage transformer secondary circuit supervision ................................................ 186

8.20.1 Verifying the settings ........................................................................................... 187

8.20.2 Completing the test ............................................................................................. 192

8.20.3 Reference setting list for test ............................................................................. 193

8.21 Monitoring function ...................................................................................................... 193

8.21.1 Phase sequence of voltage and current monitoring ....................................... 193

8.21.2 3I0 polarity monitoring ........................................................................................ 194

8.21.3 Monitoring third harmonic of voltage ................................................................ 194

8.21.4 Reference voltage monitoring............................................................................ 195

8.21.5 Auxiliary contact of circuit breaker monitoring ................................................ 196

8.21.6 Broken conductor monitoring ............................................................................. 196

9 Checking before operation ......................................................................................................... 199

9.1 Checking the LED ....................................................................................................... 199

9.2 Checking the display on LCD .................................................................................... 199

9.3 Checking the clock ...................................................................................................... 199

9.4 Checking the voltage and current ............................................................................. 199

9.5 Checking the setting group ........................................................................................ 199

9.6 Checking the setting ................................................................................................... 199

9.7 Checking the binary input ........................................................................................... 200

9.8 Checking the normal operation mode ...................................................................... 200

9.8.1 Trip and close test with the circuit breaker ...................................................... 200

9.9 Put into operation ........................................................................................................ 200

Chapter 7 Operating maintenance .............................................................................................. 201

1 Attentions during operating ........................................................................................................ 202

2 Routine checking ......................................................................................................................... 204

3 Periodical checking ..................................................................................................................... 205

4 Operation after updating software or replacing modules ...................................................... 206

4.1 Operation after updating software or replacing CPU module ............................... 206

4.2 Operation after updating software or replacing communication module............. 206

4.3 Operation after replacing the binary input or output module ................................ 207

4.4 Operation after replacing the analog input module ................................................ 207

4.5 Operation after replacing power supply module ..................................................... 207

5 The alarm information and measure ........................................................................................ 208

5.1 Alarm information class I and the measure ............................................................. 208

5.2 Alarm information class II and the measure ............................................................ 208

Chapter 8 Transportation and storage ........................................................................................ 211

Page 12: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

1 Transportion.................................................................................................................................. 212

2 Storage .......................................................................................................................................... 213

Chapter 9 Appendix ....................................................................................................................... 215

1 Arrangement diagram of modules ............................................................................................. 216

2 Typical diagram ............................................................................................................................ 217

Page 13: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 1 IED Introduction

1

Chapter 1 IED Introduction

About this chapter

This chapter presents the overview of the operation and

engineering about the IED.

Page 14: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 1 IED Introduction

2

The Human Machine Interface (HMI) on the IED provides an ideal

mechanism for the day to day operation and even advanced use of the IED.

The keyboard, LCD and LEDs on the front of the IED are what constitute the

HMI. Troubleshooting, monitoring, setting and configuring are all possible via

this interface. Through the screens and menu elements available, as well as

the keypad, the user is able to navigate throughout the menu structure and

move from screen to screen.

The IED is unpacked and visually checked. The connection to the protection

system has to be checked in order to verify that the installation is successful.

The settings for each function must be calculated before the commissioning

task. The functions setting menu have been listed in detail so that the user

can find and change the required settings directly and correctly. For the

different application, the IED can be performed conveniently through

switching the setting group.

For the functions included in the IED can be tested by users, the testing

procedure have been listed as reference to verify that protection function

operate correctly.

After the IED is in service, some checking items also need to be done for

maintenance in order to ensure that the IED is in good condition during

operation, some suggestions have been preset as reference and the user can

perform some other checking items according to the relevant regulations.

Page 15: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 2 Local human machine interface

3

Chapter 2 Local human machine

interface

About this chapter

This chapter describes the structure of human-machine

interface (HMI), LCD, LED, keyboard, RS232 and IED menu.

Instruction on how to operate with keys, how to configure the

LED and menu information introduction.

Page 16: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 2 Local human machine interface

4

1 Introduction

The HMI is simple and easy to be used for routine operation, the front panel

of the HMI consists of LCD, LED and keyboard. As shown in the following

picture, the setting, configuration, monitoring, maintenance and fault analysis

can be performed in HMI.

2

1

3

45

68

7

CSC-101

Figure 1 Front plate with 8 LEDs

2

1

3

45

68

7

CSC-101

Figure 2 Front plate with 20 LEDs

1. Liquid crystal display (LCD)

2. LEDs

3. Shortcut function keys

Page 17: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 2 Local human machine interface

5

4. Arrow keys

5. Reset key

6. Quit key

7. Set key

8. RS232 communication port

Page 18: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 2 Local human machine interface

6

2 Liquid crystal display(LCD)

The LCD back light of HMI is blue, 8 lines with up to 28 characteristics per line

can be displayed.

When operating keys are pressed or in the case of IED alarming or operating

report appearance, the back light will turn on automatically until the preset

time delay elapse after the latest operation or alarm.

Page 19: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 2 Local human machine interface

7

3 Keyboard

The keyboard is used to monitor and operate IED. The keyboard has the

same look and feel in CSC family. As shown in Figure 1, keyboard is divided

into Arrow keys, Reset key, Quit key, Set key and shorcut function keys. The

specific instructions on the keys as the following table described:

Table 1 HMI keys on the front of the IED

Key Function

Up arrow key Move up in menu

Page up between screens

Increase value in setting

Down arrow key Move down in menu

Page down between screens

Decrease value in setting

Left arrow key Move left in menu

Right arrow key Move Right in menu

Reset key Reset the LEDs

Return to normal scrolling display state directly

Set key Enter main menu or submenu

Confirm the setting change

Quit key Back to previous menu

Cancel the current operation and back to previous menu

Return to scrolling display state

Lock or unlock current display in the scrolling display state (the

lock state is indicated by a key type icon on the upright corner of

the LCD)

Page 20: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 2 Local human machine interface

8

4 IED menu

4.1 Menu construction

OpStatus

QueryRpt

Set Time

Contrast

Settings

Setup

Test BO

Testing

AI Version

BI

Impen.Z

EquipCode

Measure

EventRpt AlarmRpt

Log

Cur Time Set Time

TestEffect

Protocol

ModifyPW

SOEReset

SetPrint

103Type

ProtSet

EquipPara

SimuReSig SwSetGr

ViewDrift AdjDrift

ViewScale AdjScale

PrtSample

CommuPara

ProtContWdMainMenu

Test Menu

AI DisplaySet

StartRpt

Page 21: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 2 Local human machine interface

9

Table 2 Full name for the menu

Sub-menu Full name Sub-sub menu Full name

OpStatus Operation status

AI Analog input

EquipCode Equipment code

Measure Measurement quantity

Version IED version

BI Binary input

Impen.Z Impedance value

QueryRpt Query reports

EventRpt Event reports

AlarmRpt Alarm reports

StartRpt Startup report

Log Operation logging

Set time Setting time Cur Time Current time

Set Time Set time

Contrast LCD contrast TestEffect Test effect

Settings Setting value

CommuPara Communication parameter

ProtSet Protection setting

Test menu Test menu

EquipPara Equipment parameter

PortContwd Protection binary setting

Setup IED setting

SOEReset SOE reset selection

ModifyPW Modify password

SetPrint Setting the print

Protocol Protocol selection

103Type 103 function type

Test BO Test binary output

Testing Testing operation

SimuReSig Simulation remote signalization

ViewDrift View zero drift

ViewScale View scale

PrtSample Print sample value

SwSetGr Switch setting group

AdjDrift Adjust zero drift

AdjScale Adjust scale

4.2 Operation status

Sub menu Sub-sub menu Explanation

OpStatus

AI Read the secondary analogue of the selected CPU

module

EquipCode Read the versions, released time and CSC code of all

modules

Page 22: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 2 Local human machine interface

10

Sub menu Sub-sub menu Explanation

Measure Read the analogue value and calculation value

Version Read the IED type, date and CPU version

BI Read the current status of binary inputs, “Off” or “On”

Impen.Z Read the impedace value of real and imaginary parts,

including: Za , Zb , Zc , Zab , Zbc , Zca

4.3 Query reports

Sub

menu

Sub-sub menu Sub-sub-sub

menu

Explanation

QueryRpt

EventRpt Latest Rpt Query the latest event report, press the Set

key to see the report

Last 6 Rpts Query the latest six event reports, press the

Set key to see the report

QueryRpt by

Date Query the reports by date

AlarmRpt Last 6 Rpts Query the latest six alarm reports, press the

Set key to see the report

QueryRpt by

Date Query the reports by date

StartRpt

Latest Rpt Query the latest event report, press the Set

key to see the report

Last 6 Rpts Query the latest six event reports, press the

Set key to see the report

QueryRpt by

Date Query the reports by date

Log Last 6 Rpts Query the latest six operation reports, press

the Set key to see the report

QueryRpt by

Date Query the reports by date

4.4 Set time

Sub menu Sub-sub menu Explanation

Set time Cur Time

Modify the time with arrow keys Set Time

4.5 Contrast

Page 23: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 2 Local human machine interface

11

Sub menu Sub-sub menu Explanation

Contrast TestEffect Modify the contrast with arrow keys

4.6 Settings

Sub

menu

Sub-sub menu Sub-sub-sub

menu

Explanation

Settings

CommuPara

BayName Enter into the line name

TimeMode NetworkTimeMode

PulseTimeMode

IRIG-B TimeMode

CommAddr Enter into the LON and RS485 address, and

the Ethernet 1 and Ethernet 2 address

BaudR485 Selection with up or down buttons

ProtSet

Common Common protection setting in this menu

Current Protection setting relation with current in this

menu

CBF Protection setting relation with CBF in this

menu

Distance Distance protection setting in this menu

Voltage Protection setting relation with voltage in this

menu

Reclose Protection setting relation with reclosure in

this menu

Test Menu

EquipPara

PortContwd

Common Common protection binary setting in this

menu

Current Protection binary setting relation with current

in this menu

CBF Protection binary setting relation with CBF in

this menu

Distance Distance protection binary setting in this

menu

Voltage Protection binary setting relation with

voltage in this menu

Reclose Protection binary setting relation with

reclosure in this menu

4.7 IED setting

Page 24: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 2 Local human machine interface

12

Sub

menu

Sub-sub menu Sub-sub-sub

menu

Explanation

Setup

SOEReset

Manual Reset

Automatic

Reset

Really Reset

ModifyPW The fatory password: 8888

103Type IEC60870-5-103 code

Protocol If communication with automation system

via RS485 port, this item can be ignored

SetPrint RecPrt Setup

Print Mode

AI DisplaySet Display Sec Ai Display secondary analog input quantity

Display Pri Ai Display primary analog input quantity

4.8 Test binary output

Sub

menu

Sub-sub menu Sub-sub-sub

menu

Explanation

Test BO

4.9 Testing operation

Sub

menu

Sub-sub menu Sub-sub-sub

menu

Explanation

Testing

SimuReSig

Simu Alarm

Using“√” or “X” to select the simulation point

Simu Connt

TransRecData

Simu Trip

Simu BI

Simu MST

Alarm

ViewDrift

Enter into the CPU number

ViewScale

PrtSample

SwSetGr

AdjDrift

AdjScale

Page 25: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

13

Chapter 3 Installing IED

About this chapter

This chapter describes how to install the protection IED,

introduces connection of the contactor, analogue quantities,

binary inputs and outputs and power supply, and what should to

do before and after energizing.

Page 26: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

14

1 Unpacking and checking the IED

Procedure:

1. Remove the transporting case

2. Visually inspect the IED

3. Check all items included in accordace with the delivery documents. Once

the IED has been started make sure that the software functions ordered

have been included in the delivery

4. Check for transport damages

If transport damage is discovered appropriate action must be taken

against the latest carrier and the latest SiFang office or representative

should be informed. If there are any discrepancies in relation to the

delivery documents, the SiFang company should be notified immediately

5. If the protection IED is repacked for transport again, the storage packing

of the IED must provide proper degree of protection against possible

damage, in accordance with the standard of IEC 60255-21-1 class 1 and

IEC 60255-21-2 class 1

Page 27: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

15

2 Installing the IED

Procedure:

1. Insert the IED into cabinet and the bottom of the IED should be supported

on the frame of cabinet

2. Fix the IED by tightening all screws against the cabinet. The IED should

be fixed in the cabinet and each screw should be firmed

3. Connect the earthing screw on the rear panel to the nearest protective

earthing point in the cubicle. The protective earth cables should be green

or yellow conductors with cross-sectional area 2.5mm2 according to

electrical regulations and electrical standards requirement

The cubicle must be properly connected to station earthing system, using

the conductor with cross-sectional area of at least 4mm2.

4. Power supply module connection

The wiring from the cubicle terminal block to the IED terminals must be

connected in accordance with the established guidelines for this type of

IED. The wires from binary inputs and outputs and the auxiliary power

supply must be routed separated from the current transformer cables

between the terminal blocks of the cubicle and the IEDs connections.

5. Connection to CT and VT circuits

CT and VT are connected to the analogue input module on the rear side

of the IED.

Using solid conductor with cross-sectional 2.5-6mm2 (AWG14-10) or

stranded conductor with cross-sectional 2.5-4mm2 (AWG14-12). The

screws used for fixation conductor should be tightened.

6. Connecting the binary input and output signals

Auxiliary power supply and binary input and output signals are connected

using female connectors. Signal wires are connected to a female

connector, which is then plugged into the corresponding male connector,

located at the rear of the IED.

Page 28: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

16

3 IED connection

3.1 IED connector

3.1.1 Introduction

The quantity and designation of connectors depend upon the ordering

information and application. The rear cover plates are prepared with enough

space for each configuration in ordering information and the cut-outs that are

not in use are covered with a plate from factory.

Page 29: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

17

3.1.2 Terminals of Analogue Input Module (AIM)

b01 a01

b02 a02

b03 a03

a04b04

a05b05

a06b06

a07b07

a08b08

a09b09

a10b10

a11b11

ab

a12b12

Figure 3 Terminals arrangement of AIM

Table 3 Description of terminals of AIM

Terminal Analogue

Input

Remark

a01 IA Star point

b01 I’A

a02 IB Star point

b02 I’B

a03 IC Star point

b03 I’C

a04 I’N

b04 IN Star point

a05 I’NM

b05 INM Star point

a06 Null

b06 Null

a07 Null

b07 Null

a08 Null

b08 Null

a09 Null

b09 Null

a10 U4 Star point

b10 U’4

a11 UB Star point

b11 UC Star point

a12 UA Star point

b12 UN

Page 30: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

18

3.1.3 Terminals of Binary Input Module (BIM)

c02 a02

c04 a04

c06 a06

a08c08

a10c10

a12c12

a14c14

a16c16

a18c18

a20c20

a22c22

a24c24

a26c26

a28c28

a30c30

a32c32

ac

DC -DC -

Figure 4 Terminals arrangement of BIM

Table 4 Description of terminals of BIM

Terminal Definition Remark

a02 BI1 BI group 1

c02 BI2 BI group 2

a04 BI3 BI group 1

c04 BI4 BI group 2

a06 BI5 BI group 1

c06 BI6 BI group 2

a08 BI7 BI group 1

c08 BI8 BI group 2

a10 BI9 BI group 1

c10 BI10 BI group 2

a12 BI11 BI group 1

c12 BI12 BI group 2

a14 BI13 BI group 1

c14 BI14 BI group 2

a16 BI15 BI group 1

c16 BI16 BI group 2

a18 BI17 BI group 1

c18 BI18 BI group 2

a20 BI19 BI group 1

c20 BI20 BI group 2

a22 BI21 BI group 1

c22 BI22 BI group 2

a24 BI23 BI group 1

c24 BI24 BI group 2

a26 BI25 BI group 1

c26 BI26 BI group 2

a28 BI27 BI group 1

c28 BI28 BI group 2

a30 BI29 BI group 1

c30 BI30 BI group 2

a32 DC - Input

Common

terminal of BI

group 1

c32 DC - Input

Common

terminal of BI

group 2

Page 31: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

19

3.1.4 Terminals of Binary Output Module (BOM)

Binary Output Module A

The module provides 16 output relays for tripping or initiating, with total 16 contacts.

a02

R

1

a04

a06

a08

a10

a12

a14

a16

a18

a20

a22

a24

a26

a28

a30

a32

ac

c02

c04

c06

c08

c10

c12

c14

c16

c18

c20

c22

c24

c26

c28

c30

c32

R

3

R

5

R

7

R

9

R

11

R

13

R

15

R

16

R

2

R

4

R

6

R

8

R

10

R

12

R

14

Figure 5 Terminals arrangement of BOM A

Page 32: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

20

Table 5 Description of terminals of BOM A

Terminal Definition Related relay

a02 Trip contact 1-0 Output relay 1

c02 Trip contact 1-1 Output relay 1

a04 Trip contact 2-0 Output relay 2

c04 Trip contact 2-1 Output relay 2

a06 Trip contact 3-0 Output relay 3

c06 Trip contact 3-1 Output relay 3

a08 Trip contact 4-0 Output relay 4

c08 Trip contact 4-1 Output relay 4

a10 Trip contact 5-0 Output relay 5

c10 Trip contact 5-1 Output relay 5

a12 Trip contact 6-0 Output relay 6

c12 Trip contact 6-1 Output relay 6

a14 Trip contact 7-0 Output relay 7

c14 Trip contact 7-1 Output relay 7

a16 Trip contact 8-0 Output relay 8

c16 Trip contact 8-1 Output relay 8

a18 Trip contact 9-0 Output relay 9

c18 Trip contact 9-1 Output relay 9

a20 Trip contact 10-0 Output relay 10

c20 Trip contact 10-1 Output relay 10

a22 Trip contact 11-0 Output relay 11

c22 Trip contact 11-1 Output relay 11

a24 Trip contact 12-0 Output relay 12

c24 Trip contact 12-1 Output relay 12

a26 Trip contact 13-0 Output relay 13

c26 Trip contact 13-1 Output relay 13

a28 Trip contact 14-0 Output relay 14

c28 Trip contact 14-1 Output relay 14

a30 Trip contact 15-0 Output relay 15

c30 Trip contact 15-1 Output relay 15

a32 Trip contact 16-0 Output relay 16

c32 Trip contact 16-1 Output relay 16

Page 33: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

21

Binary Output Module C

The module provides 16 output relays for signal, with total 19 contacts.

a02

a04

a06

a08

a10

a12

a14

a16

a18

a20

a22

a24

a26

a28

a30

a32

ac

c02

c04

c06

c08

c10

c12

c14

c16

c18

c20

c22

c24

c26

c28

c30

c32

R

4

R

5

R

1

R

2

R

3

R

6

R

7

R

16

R

9

R

10

R

11

R

12

R

13

R

14

R

15

R

8

Figure 6 Terminals arrangement of BOM C

Page 34: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

22

Table 6 Description of terminals of BOM C

Terminal Definition Related relay

a02 Signal 1-0, Common terminal of signal contact group 1

c02 Signal 2-0, Common terminal of signal contact group 2

a04 Signal contact 1-1 Output relay 1

c04 Signal contact 2-1 Output relay 1

a06 Signal contact 1-2 Output relay 2

c06 Signal contact 2-2 Output relay 2

a08 Signal contact 1-3 Output relay 3

c08 Signal contact 2-3 Output relay 3

a10 Signal 3-0, Common terminal of signal contact group 3

c10 Signal 4-0, Common terminal of signal contact group 4

a12 Signal contact 3-1 Output relay 4

c12 Signal contact 4-1 Output relay 7

a14 Signal contact 3-2 Output relay 5

c14 Signal contact 4-2 Output relay 6

a16 Signal contact 5-0 Output relay 8

c16 Signal contact 5-1 Output relay 8

a18 Signal contact 6-0 Output relay 9

c18 Signal contact 6-1 Output relay 9

a20 Signal contact 7-0 Output relay 10

c20 Signal contact 7-1 Output relay 10

a22 Signal contact 8-0 Output relay 11

c22 Signal contact 8-1 Output relay 11

a24 Signal contact 9-0 Output relay 12

c24 Signal contact 9-1 Output relay 12

a26 Signal contact 10-0 Output relay 13

c26 Signal contact 10-1 Output relay 13

a28 Signal contact 11-0 Output relay 14

c28 Signal contact 11-1 Output relay 14

a30 Signal contact 12-0 Output relay 15

c30 Signal contact 12-1 Output relay 15

a32 Signal contact 13-0 Output relay 16

c32 Signal contact 13-1 Output relay 16

Page 35: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

23

3.1.5 Terminals of Communication module (COM)

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Ethernet port B

Ethernet port A

Ethernet port C

Figure 7 Terminals arrangement of COM

5

6

7

8

9

10Ethernet

port

Figure 8 Examples of COM module

Table 7 Description of terminals of COM

Terminal Definition

01 Null

02 Null

03 Null

04 Null

05 Optional RS485 port - 2B

06 Optional RS485 port - 2A

07 Optional RS485 port - 1B

08 Optional RS485 port - 1A

09 Time synchronization

10 Time synchronization GND

11 Null

12 Null

13 Null

14 Null

15 Null

16 Null

Ethernet

Port A

Optional optical fiber or RJ45

port for station automation

system

Ethernet

Port B

Optional optical fiber or RJ45

port for station automation

system

Ethernet

Port C

Optional optical fiber or RJ45

port for station automation

system

Page 36: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

24

3.1.6 Communication ports of CPU module (CPU)

RX

TX

RX

TX

Ch A

Ch B

Figure 9 Communication ports arrangement

of CPU module

Figure 10 Examples of CPU module

Table 8 Definition of communication ports

of CPU module

Ports Definition

Ch A RX Remote communication

channel A optical fiber data

receiving port

Ch A TX Remote communication

channel A optical fiber data

transmitting port

Ch B RX Remote communication

channel B optical fiber data

receiving port

Ch B TX Remote communication

channel B optical fiber data

transmitting port

Note: These ports are optional.

Page 37: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

25

3.1.7 Terminals of Power Supply Module (PSM)

c02 a02

c04 a04

c06 a06

a08c08

a10c10

a12c12

a14c14

a16c16

a18c18

a20c20

a22c22

a24c24

a26c26

a28c28

a30c30

a32c32

ac

DC 24V +

OUTPUTS

DC 24V -

OUTPUTS

AUX.DC +

INPUT

AUX. DC -

INPUT

Figure 11 Terminals arrangement of PSM

Table 9 Description of terminals of PSM

Terminal Definition

a02 AUX.DC 24V+ output 1

c02 AUX.DC 24V+ output 2

a04 AUX.DC 24V+ output 3

c04 AUX.DC 24V+ output 4

a06 Isolated terminal, not wired

c06 Isolated terminal, not wired

a08 AUX.DC 24V- output 1

c08 AUX.DC 24V- output 2

a10 AUX.DC 24V- output 3

c10 AUX.DC 24V- output 4

a12 AUX.DC 24V- output 5

c12 AUX.DC 24V- output 6

a14 Alarm contact A1, for

AUX.DC power input failure

c14 Alarm contact A0, for

AUX.DC power input failure

a16 Alarm contact B1, for

AUX.DC power input failure

c16 Alarm contact B0, for

AUX.DC power input failure

a18 Isolated terminal, not wired

c18 Isolated terminal, not wired

a20 AUX. power input 1, DC +

c20 AUX. power input 2, DC +

a22 AUX. power input 3, DC +

c22 AUX. power input 4, DC +

a24 Isolated terminal, not wired

c24 Isolated terminal, not wired

a26 AUX. power input 1, DC -

c26 AUX. power input 2, DC -

a28 AUX. power input 3, DC -

c28 AUX. power input 4, DC -

a30 Isolated terminal, not wired

c30 Isolated terminal, not wired

a32 Terminal for earthing

c32 Terminal for earthing

Page 38: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

26

3.1.8 RS232 port

RS232 serial port is located on front panel, the software tool in PC can be

connected with the IED via this port to make setting, testing and cofiguration,

etc.

3.2 Connecting to protective earth

Connect the earthing screw on the rear panel to the nearest protective

earthing point in the cubicle. The protective earth cables should be green or

yellow conductors with cross-sectional area 2.5mm2 according to electrical

regulations and electrical standards requirement.

The cubicle must be properly connected to station earthing system, using the

conductor with cross-sectional area of at least 4mm2.

3.3 Connecting the power supply module

The wiring from the cubicle terminal block to the IED terminals must be

connected in accordance with the established guidelines for this type of IED.

The wires from binary inputs and outputs and the auxiliary power supply must

be routed separated from the current transformer cables between the terminal

blocks of the cubicle and the IEDs connections.

3.4 Connecting to CT and VT circuits

CT and VT are connected to the analogue input module on the rear side of

the IED.

Using solid conductor with cross-sectional 2.5-6mm2 (AWG14-10) or stranded

conductor with cross-sectional 2.5-4mm2 (AWG14-12). The screws used for

fixation conductor should be tightened.

3.5 Connecting the binary inputs and outputs

Auxiliary power supply and binary input and output signals are connected

using female connectors. Signal wires are connected to a female connector,

which is then plugged into the corresponding male connector, located at the

Page 39: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

27

rear of the IED.

Procedure:

1. Connect signals to the female connector

All wiring to the female connector should be done before it is plugged into

the male part and screwed to the case. The conductors can be of rigid

type (solid, stranded) or of flexible type.

The female connectors accept conductors with a cross section area of

0.2-1.5 mm2 (AWG 24-15). If two conductors are used in the same

terminal, the maximum permissible cross section area is 0.2-0.8 mm2

(AWG 24-18, each conductor corresponding to one cross section area).

If two conductors, each with area 1.5 mm2 (AWG 15) need to be

connected to the same terminal, a ferrule must be used to combine the

two conductors, no soldering is needed.

Press the locking button by screwdriver to insert the wiring with ferrule

into the connector, move away the screwdriver after the ferrule has been

inserted into the connector completely to lock the wiring tightly. The follow

picture illustrate this process.

Figure 12 Connection illustration without inserting the connector

Page 40: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

28

Figure 13 Connection illustration with inserting the connector

2. Plug the connector to the corresponding back-side mounted male

connector

3. Lock the connector by fastening the lock screws

3.6 Making the screen connection

When using screened cables always make sure screens are earthed and

connected according to applicable engineering methods. This may include

checking for appropriate earth points near the IED, for instance, in the cubicle

and/or near the source of measuring. Ensure that earth connections are

made with short conductors of an adequate cross section, at least 6 mm2

(AWG10) for single screen connections.

3.7 Optical connections

This port is used to transmit the binary data between IEDs, there are two

optical ports at the rear side of CPU moduel, Figure 9 and Figure 10, the two

ports works in redundancy communication mode.

Page 41: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

29

The fiber optical cables are very sensitive to handling. Do not bend

too sharply. If cable straps are used to fix the cables, apply with

loose fit. Always hold the connector, never the cable, when

connecting or disconnecting optical fibers. Do not twist, pull or bend

the fiber. Invisible damage may increase fiber attenuation thus

making communication impossible.

Strictly follow the instructions from manufacture for each type of

optical cables or connectors.

3.8 RS485 and RS232 ports connection

3.8.1 RS485 port connection

The RS485 interface is capable of half-duplex service with the signals A/A'

and B/B' to transmit signals.

The network topology of RS485 adopts bus type of terminal matched, do not

support ring or star network. Use the single and continuous channel as bus.

The terminating resistance is located on beginning and terminal of the bus

cable. The other ports do not need the terminating resistance.

As shown in Figure 7 and Figure 8, RS485 port located on the rear side of

communication module. The IED provides two electrical isolation RS485

ports, the two ports can work at the same time with IEC60870-5-103 protocol

supported.

3.8.2 RS232 port connection

One RS232 serial port is provided and located on front panel, which is used to

connect personal computer. The RS232 port adopts half-dupex

communication mode, usually which is connected with 9-pin D-subminiature

female connectors

Connection method: direction connection cable for serial port, the IED

terminal is pins and the PC termianl is female connector. The terminal of 2, 3,

4 and 5 is connected directly. As shown in the following picture:

Page 42: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

30

Figure 14 Example for serial port connection

The line 4 must be connected directly

3.9 Connecting the GPS

Mount the GPS antenna on the building roof or the place of visibility to all

direction is obtained, top of the antenna should be horizontal. Mount the

antenna to console and fix the console on the building roof with expansion

bolts. The turning radius should not be too small when laying the cables. The

length of antenna cables is designed strictly based on antenna gain, so, it is

not allowed to lengthen, shorten or add connectors that will affect signal

reception or can't receive any signals.

The principle for mounting GPS antenna is that the position is visible

completely to all directions in 360°, however, for some special conditions,

mount the antenna at the place with best visibility as far as possible.

The GPS port is located on the rear side of communication module, as shown

in Figure 7 and Figure 8, which can be connected with screened twist-pair

cable.

Page 43: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

31

4 Checking before energizing

4.1 Introduction

After completing the IED connections, the related connections need to be

checked, this section descirbes what should be checked before energizing.

This is done with IED and all connected circuits de-energized.

4.2 Checking the protective earth connection

Check the protective earthing connection of IED is connected reliably in

accordance with the related electrical regulations and standards.

4.3 Checking the power supply connection

Check that the auxiliary power supply voltage remains within the permissible

input voltage range under all operating conditions. Check that the polarity is

correct.

4.4 Checking the CT and VT circuits connection

4.4.1 Checking the CT circuits connection

Check that the wiring is in strict accordance with the supplied connection

diagram. If any errors appearance, do not continue before any errors are

corrected. The following tests shall be performed on every primary CT

connected to IED:

Primary injection test to verify the current change ratio of the CT, the

correct wiring up to the protection IED and correct phase sequence

connection (i.e. A, B, C)

Polarity checking to prove that the predicted direction of secondary

current flow is correct for a given direction of primary current flow

CT secondary loop resistance measurement in order to confirm that the

current transformer secondary loop DC resistance is within specification

and that there are no high resistance joints in the CT winding or wiring

Page 44: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

32

CT excitation test in order to confirm that the current transformer is of the

correct accuracy rating and that there are no shorted turns in the current

transformer windings. Manufacturer's design curves should be available

for the current transformer in order to compare the actual results

Check the earthing of the individual CT secondary circuits to verify that

each three-phase set of main CTs is properly connected to the station

earth and only at one electrical point

Checking the insulation resistance

Phase identification of CT shall be made

Both primary and secondary sides must be disconnected from the

line and IED when plotting the excitation characteristics

If the CT secondary circuit earth connection is removed without the

current transformer primary being de-energized, dangerous voltages

may result in the secondary CT circuits

4.4.2 Checking the VT connection

Check that the wiring is in strict accordance with the supplied connection

diagram. If any errors appearance, do not continue before any errors are

corrected.

The following tests are recommended:

Polarity check

VT circuit voltage measurement (primary injection test)

Grounding check

Phase relationship

Insulation resistance check

4.5 Checking the binary input and output connection

4.5.1 Checking the binary input connection

Page 45: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

33

When checking the binary inputs, it's better to disconnect the binary input

connector from binary input module. Check all connected signals in order to

make sure that both the input level and polarity of voltage are in accordance

with the IEDs specifications.

4.5.2 Checking the binary output connection

When checking the binary outputs, it's better to disconnect the binary output

connector from binary output module. Check all connected signals in order to

make sure that both the input level and polarity of voltage are in accordance

with the IEDs specifications.

4.6 Checking the screened cables connection

Check that the screened cables are connected correctly.

4.7 Checking the optical connections

Check that the Tx and Rx optical connections are correct.

4.8 Checking the S485 and RS232 port connectios

4.8.1 Checking the RS485 port connection

Check that the RS485 port connections are correct.

4.8.2 Checking RS232 port connection

Check that the RS232 serial port connections are correct.

4.9 Checking GPS connection

Check that the GPS connections are correct.

4.10 Checking the insulation voltage and insulation resistance

Page 46: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

34

4.10.1 Checking the insulation voltage

Using the withstand voltage tester to apply correspondung level voltage

between tested circuit and earth, and between circuits (e.g. 2000VAC

/2800VDC), lasting 1 min. No flashover and breakdown apperance, the

leakage current is less than 10mA.

4.10.2 Checking the insulation resistance

Using a rotating meter with 500V to test insulation resistance in turn between

analog circuits and earth, and the circuits to each other. Every resistance

must not be less than 100 MΩ. And the lasting time for resistance test is not

less than 5s to ensure that the value of insulation resistance is read in a

steady state.

Page 47: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

35

5 Checking after energizing

5.1 Introduction

After completing of the external circuits connection, checking all connections

and energizing the IED, LCD and keyboard should be tested. Check that the

software version, serial number and the installed modules are in accordance

with ordering information. The IED time need to be set to ensure that the IED

time is synchronized with local time. The self-supervision function should also

be checked to verify that the IED operates properly.

5.2 Test LCD

After energizing the IED, the blue back light of LCD light up, operate the keys

to turn pages to check that the LCD display is correct.

5.3 Test the keyboard

All the keys on front panel including Arrow keys, Reset key, Set key, Quit key

and shortcut key can be operated to check that these keys satisfy with the

correpsonding function, the detail functions of each key are described in

Table 1.

5.4 Setting the IED time

This procedure describes how to set the IED time from the local HMI.

1. Enter into the time setting menu: Set Time, press the Set button to enter

into the setting menu

2. Set the date and time

Use the Left and Right arrow buttons to move between the time and date

values (year, month, day, hours, minutes and seconds). Use the Up and

Down arrow buttons to change the value.

3. Confirm the setting

Press the Set button to set the data and clock to the new values.

Page 48: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 3 Installing IED

36

5.5 Self-supervision HMI data

Table 10 Self-supervision HMI data

Information Detail information Possible reason and solutions

Communication

Fail

Communication

Failure

Communication fails between CPU and COM module.

In this condition either the CPU is working abnormal or

the CAN (Controller Area Network) network

communication has been interruptted. Check each

CPU working state or CAN network on backboard.

Write Set Fail Write setting failure Write setting again

Write DevPara Fail Write Device

parameter failure Write device parameter again

No response for calling CPU configuration

Maybe the address of two CPU modules are same,

one of the two modules is not inserted or connected

badly

Alarming code XX One of the CPU modules is disabled

5.6 Checking the software and hardware version

Enter into menu: OpStatus/EquipCode

Checking the software version: In this menu, to check the protection

programm version.

Check the hardware version: In this menu, to check the equipment code, the

version of binary input and output module, communication module and HMI.

Page 49: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 4 Read and change setting

37

Chapter 4 Read and change setting

About this chapter

This chapter describes how to set and read the setting values

and parameters either through LHMI or software tool, and how

to switch the setting value group.

This chapter does not contain instructions on how to calculate

the setting value, for the detail setting calculation information

please refer to the Technical application manual.

Page 50: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 4 Read and change setting

38

1 Read and change the setting vaule

1.1 Read and change the setting value via LHMI

1.1.1 Introduction

All the function settings and binary settings can be read and set through LHMI.

The user can browse to the desired settings and enter into the appropriate

vaules, The parameters for each function can be found in the LHMI. See the

Technical applciation manual for a complete list of setting parameters for

each function.

1.1.2 Communication parameter

1.1.2.1 Bay name

Enter into menu: Settings/CommPara/BayName

Check and change bay name.

1.1.2.2 Time synchronization mode

SNTP mode

Enter into menu: Settings/CommuPara/TimeMode/NetworkTimeMode

The time synchronization mode can be changed into network time mode via

this setting.

PulseTimeMode

Enter into menu: Settings/CommuPara/TimeMode/PulesTimeMode

The time synchronization mode can be changed into pulse time mode via this

setting.

IRIG-BTimeMode

Enter into menu: Settings/CommuPara/TimeMode/IRIG-BTimeMode

The time synchronization mode can be changed into IRIG-B time mode via

Page 51: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 4 Read and change setting

39

this setting.

1.1.2.3 Communication address

Enter into menu: Settings/CommuPara/CommAddr

The address of Lon network, RS485 port, Ethernet port 1and Ethernet 2 can

be modified in this setting .

1.1.2.4 485 baud rate

Enter into menu: Settings/CommuPara/BaudR485

485 baud rate is displayed and modified here.

1.1.3 Equipment parameter

Enter into menu: Settings/EquipPara

In this menu, the following items is displayed and can be modified: sampling

frequency for recording, rising or falling edge selection for each function.

All the functions are enabled or disabled via 1 or 0, 1 means enable, 0 means

disable.

Left or right keys are used to select value for pre-recording time and the up

and down keys are used to change value.

Note: when the cursor move to this item, at the bottom of screen,

displays the time limit for pre-recording time.

Left or right keys are used to select value for post-recording time and the up

and down keys are used to change value.

Note: when the cursor move to this item, at the bottom of screen,

displays the time limit for post-recording time.

1.1.4 Setting values and binary settings for protection function

1.1.4.1 Introduction

Protection setting

Page 52: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 4 Read and change setting

40

The menu of protection setting is used to check and modify every function

setting, using left and right button to chose the vaule and the up and down

buttons are used to modify the value, the upper and lower limits of setting

value will be displayed when the cursor move to corresponding setting items.

Protection binary setting

The protection binary settings are used to enable or disable each function,

1means enable and 0 means disable.

1.1.4.2 Common setting

1.1.4.2.1 Abrupt current setting

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Check and set the abrupt current setting.

1.1.4.2.2 Time for relay reset

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Check and set the time for relay reset.

1.1.4.2.3 Rated value of line voltage

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Check and set the primary and secondary rated value of line voltage.

1.1.4.2.4 Rated current value

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Check and set the primary and secondary rated current value.

1.1.4.3 Common binary setting

1.1.4.3.1 VT conneted from line side

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Enable or disable the VT connected from line side or bus side.

Page 53: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 4 Read and change setting

41

1.1.4.3.2 Switch setting group by binary input

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Enable or disable the setting group is switched by binary input.

1.1.4.3.3 Test mode

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Enable or disable the test mode

1.1.4.3.4 Block remote access

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Enable or disable the function of block remote access.

1.1.4.3.5 Auto-reclosing initiated by phase to phase fault

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Enable or disable the auto-reclosing function is initiated by phase to phase

fault.

1.1.4.3.6 Auto-reclosing initiated by three-phase fault

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Enable or disable the auto-reclosing function is initiated by three-phase fault.

1.1.4.3.7 Tripping three phase mode

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Enable or disable the the tripping mode of three phase, this setting is

available when auto-recloser function disabled.

1.1.4.4 The setting values and binary settings for test menu

Enter into menu: Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo

Enable or disable the binary setting for testing the distance protection.

Page 54: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 4 Read and change setting

42

Enter into menu: Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo

Check the phase to earth or phase to phase resistance and reactance for

each zone of rectangle.

1.1.4.5 Distance protection

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance

Enable or disable each zone of distance protection and the functions related

with distance protection.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance

Check and set the corresponding setting values for each zone of distance

protetion.

1.1.4.6 Power swing function

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance

Check and set the relevant setting values of power swing function.

1.1.4.7 Teleprotection communication scheme for distance protection

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance

Enable or disable teleprotection for distance protection function.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance

The setting values of teleprotection for distance protection are same as the

setting values of zone 1 and zone 2 of distance protection.

1.1.4.8 Teleprotection function communication scheme for earth fault

protection

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance

Enable or disable teleprotection for earth fault protection function and the

functions related with teleprotection for earth fault protection.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance

Page 55: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 4 Read and change setting

43

Check and set the relevant settings of teleprotection for earth fault protection.

1.1.4.9 Overcurrent protection

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current

Enable or disable the definite time stage and inverse time stage of

overcurrent protection function, and the features related with overcurrent

protection.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current

Check and set the various settings of overcurrent protection.

1.1.4.10 Earth fault protection

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current

Enable or disable the definite time stage and inverse time stage of earth fault

protection function, and the features related with earth fault protection.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current

Check and set the various settings of earth fault protection.

1.1.4.11 Emergency/backup overcurrent protection

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current

Enable or disable the definite time stage and inverse time stage of

emergency/backup overcurrent protection function, and the features related

with emergency/backup overcurrent protection.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current

Check and set the various settings of emergency/backup overcurrent

protection.

1.1.4.12 Emergency/backup earth fault protection

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current

Enable or disable the definite time stage and inverse time stage of

emergency/backup earth fault protection function, and the features related

Page 56: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 4 Read and change setting

44

with emergency/backup earth fault protection.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current

Check and set the various settings of emergency/backup earth fault

protection.

1.1.4.13 STUB protection

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current

Enable or disable the STUB proteciton.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current

Check and set the various settings of STUB protection.

1.1.4.14 Switch-onto-fault protection

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current

Enable or disable the switch-onto-fault proteciton and relevant functions.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current

Check and set the various settings of switch-onto-fault protection.

1.1.4.15 Overload protection

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current

Enable or disable the overload protection function.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current

Check and set the various settings of overload protection.

1.1.4.16 Overvoltage protection

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage

Enable or disable the overvoltage protection and relevant functions.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage

Page 57: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 4 Read and change setting

45

Check and set the various settings of overvoltage protection.

1.1.4.17 Undervoltage protection

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage

Enable or disable the undervoltage protection and functions related with

voltage protection.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage

Check and set the various settings of undervoltage protection.

1.1.4.18 Circuit breaker failre protection

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF

Enable or disable the circuit breaker failure protection and functions related

with circuit breaker failure protection.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF

Check and set the relevant settings of circuit breaker failure protection.

1.1.4.19 Poles discordance protection

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF

Enable or disable the poles discordance protection and functions related with

poles discordance protection.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF

Check and set the relevant settings of poles discordance protection.

1.1.4.20 Dead zone protection

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF

Enable or disable the dead zone portection.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF

Check and set the relevant settings of dead zone protection.

Page 58: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 4 Read and change setting

46

1.1.4.21 Auto-reclosing function

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose

Enable or disable the modes of auto-reclosing and the relevant discrimination

and functions for auto-reclosing funtion.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose

Check and set the the relevant settings for each shot and the disrimination

setting.

1.1.4.22 Synchro-check and energizing check function

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose

Enable or disable the modes for synchro-check and energizing check

function.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose

Check and set the the various settings for synchro-check and energizing

check function.

1.1.4.23 Current tansformer secondary circuit supervision

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Enable or disable the function of current transformer secondary circuit

supervision.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Check and set the various settings of current transformer secondary circuit

supervision.

1.1.4.24 Voltage transformer secondary circuit supervision

1.1.4.24.1 VT scondary circuit supervision

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Enable or disable the function of voltage transformer secondary circuit

supervision.

Page 59: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 4 Read and change setting

47

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Check and set the the various settings of voltage transformer secondary

circuit supervision.

1.1.4.24.2 Earthed system

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Enable or disable the power system solid earthed.

1.1.4.25 Broken conductor detection

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Enable or disable the function of broken conductor detection.

Enter into menu: Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

Check and set the various settings of broken conductor detection function.

Page 60: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 4 Read and change setting

48

2 Switching the setting group

2.1 Introduction

There are 16 setting groups with same setting items in the IED, for each

group settings can be set and saved separately, the different setting groups

can be switched according to different application.

2.2 Method for switching setting group via LHMI

Testing/SwSetGr/InputChgSetGrNo

The current setting group number and the chosen setting group number are

displayed in the LCD, move the cursor by left and right button and change the

value by up and down button, comfirm the result by Set button after the

setting group number is chosen.

After setting group switching success, the information about switching

success will be reported to show the setting group is switched from which

setting group to which setting group, for example, 1—>2, which means that

the group is switched from setting group 1 to group 2.

2.3 Method for switching setting group via binary input

Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common

The binary setting "BI SetGrp Switch" in the menu described above is used

for switching setting group via binary input, when this binary setting is set to 1,

and the corresponding binary input is active, the setting group is switched

from group 1 to group 2. If the binary setting is set to 1 and the binary input is

inactive, the setting group is switched from group 2 to group 1.

Note: The method for swithing setting group via binary input is only available

for switching between group 1 and group2.

Page 61: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 5 Testing the communication connection and time synchronization

49

Chapter 5 Testing the communication

connection and time

synchronization

About this chapter

This chapter describes how to test each communication port and

the function of time synchronization.

Page 62: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 5 Testing the communication connection and time synchronization

50

1 Testing the communication connection

1.1 Testing the Ethernet communication

1.1.1 Testing the electrical Ethernet communication

Connect the IED with automation system to check the connection is

successful, if connection fail, check the communication network.

If connection successes, in the menu: Testing/SimuReSig, send the

simulation point information to automation system, check the information and

compare with IED information, if the automation system does not receive any

information or the information received is not true, check the automation

system configuration.

1.1.2 Testing the optical Ethernet communication

Connect the IED with automation system to check the connection is

successful, if connection fail, check the communication network.

If connection successes, in the menu: Testing/SimuReSig, send the

simulation point information to automation system, check the information and

compare with IED information, if the automation system does not receive any

information or the information received is not true, check the automation

system configuration.

1.2 Testing the RS485 port

Connect the IED with automation system to check the connection is

successful, if connection fail, check the communication network.

If connection successes, in the menu: Testing/SimuReSig, send the

simulation point information to automation system, check the information and

compare with IED information, if the automation system does not receive any

information or the information received is not true, check the automation

system configuration.

1.3 Testing the RS232 port

Page 63: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 5 Testing the communication connection and time synchronization

51

Using the dedicated cable for serial port to connect the PC with IED, if

connection fail, check the corresponding configuration of IED is true or not. If

all configurations are true, and the connection is still unsuccessful, please

check the connection cable and communication port.

Page 64: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 5 Testing the communication connection and time synchronization

52

2 Testing the time synchronization

2.1 Network mode

Select time synchronization mode:

Settings/CommuPara/TimeMode/NetworkTimeMode

Change the IED time to any other time

Wait for a period of time

Check that the IED time is changed automatically in accordance with time

synchronization source

2.2 Pulse mode

Select time synchronization mode:

Settings/CommuPara/TimeMode/PulseTimeMode

Change the IED time to any other time

Wait for a period of time

Check that the IED time is changed automatically in accordance with time

synchronization source

2.3 IRIG-B mode

Select time synchronization mode:

Settings/CommuPara/TimeMode/IRIG-BTimeMode

Change the IED time to any other time

Wait for a period of time

Check that the IED time is changed automatically in accordance with time

synchronization source

Page 65: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

53

Chapter 6 IED testing

About this chapter

This chapter describes the method of hardware testing, such

as power supply, binary input and output, analog quantities

and all functions testing method and testing procedure.

Page 66: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

54

1 Introduction

IED test requirements:

Setting value list

The correct IED setting value must have been set before the testing can

start.

Application configuration diagram

Terminal diagram

The terminal diagram and module arrangement diagram, available in the

Technical application manual, is a general diagram of the IED. but note

that the same diagram is not always applicable to each specific delivery

(especially for the configuration of all the binary inputs and outputs).

Therefore, before testing, check that the available terminal diagram

corresponds to the IED.

Technical application maunal

The Technical application manual contains application and functionality

summaries, function block, logic diagram, input and output signals,

setting parameters and technical data sorted per function.

The three-phase test equipment

The test equipment should be able to provide a three-phase supply of

voltages and currents. The magnitude of voltage and current as well as

the phase angle between voltage and current must be variable. The

voltages and currents from the test equipment must be obtained from the

same source and they must have minimal harmonic content. If the test

equipment cannot indicate the phase angle, a separate phase-angle

measuring instrument is necessary.

Prepare the IED for test before testing a function. Consider the logic diagram

of the tested protection function when perform the test. All included functions

in the IED are tested according to the corresponding test instrunctions in this

chapter.

The response from a test can be viewed in different ways:

Binary output signals

Page 67: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

55

Display value in HMI

All setting groups that are used should be tested.

The IED is designed for a maximum continuous current of three

times the rated current

Please observe the measuring accuracy of the IED, the test

equipment and angular accuracy for both of them

Page 68: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

56

2 Points for attention during testing

Be familiar with the engineering drawings, engineering and operation

manual and technical application manual

Before testing, check that the short-circuited wire used to avoid CT

secondary circuit opening is connected correctly and firmly. The

short-circuited phenomenon of VT secondary circuit does not exist

It is allowed to plug-in and pull out each module after the power supply

disconnection. Aviod AC current circuit opened when plug in and pull out

the modules

Keep cleaning and pay attention to dust prevention for each module

Adoption the measure of the human body electrostatic grounding

prevention to make sure that the IED is not damaged by hunam

electrostatic

In principle, the electric iron can't be used in field, if the electric iron need

to be used for welding during testing, the welding can be performed after

the power disconnection or using the electric iron with earthed wire

During testing, do not insert the module into the wrong position. When

plug in and pull out the module apply appropriate force instead of

overexerting to avoid pins bending or damage the fastening components

of module

Short-circuited or disconnected terminals temporarily for checking, it

should be recorded one by one and return to original state after the

testing is completed

Using the electronic devices (e.g. oscillograph, etc.) with AC power

supply to measure the circuit parameters, the case of the device should

be earthed in the same grounding with protection IED cabinet

During testing, consider the safety measure between the IED and other

running equipment and the safety measure of related circuit between

external running equipment and the IED

During testing, if the current magnitude that is input into IED is large than

three times of rated current, it should be noticed that the time should not

be too long

Page 69: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

57

When energizing the IED in the first time, using multimeter to check the

power supply, the circuit of voltages and currents are connected correcly

to avoid short circuit or open circuit

Tighten all the screws of all terminals again for the new project in order to

prevent improper connection, and plug in and pull out all the modules

again to aovid the modules loosing result from operation or installation

Page 70: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

58

3 Preparing for test

3.1 Introduction

Please read the corresponding manuals that is provided by manufacturer

in detail before testing, try best to understand the basic operation,

protection principle and the relevant capabilities. If have any questions in

this procedure, please inquire the field service engineer or the technical

support engineer of SiFang.

All checking should be done before energizing, inspection well and no

damage on the surface, all modules are inserted firmly, the insulation of

the power circuit are satisfied the specified requirement.

Disconnect the external circuit before testing to avoid safety accident or

injuries to the human

If the modules are needed to be plugged in or pulled out, make sure that

the power is disconnected, and the measure of prevention electrostatic

should be done in order to avoid the damage to module or performance

degradation

The opened or short-circuited terminal temporarily should be recorded in

detail in order to return to original state reliably

3.2 Connecting test equipment to IED

Before testing, connect the test equipment according to the IED specific

connection diagram. Pay special attention to the correct connection of the

input and output current terminals. Check that the input and output logical

signals in the logic diagram for the function under test are connected to the

corresponding binary inputs and outputs of the IED. The testing connection

diagram is shown in Figure 15.

The user must verify that the connections are correct and the analog signals

are measured correctly after connection completed.

Procedure:

1. Inject a symmetrical three-phase current and voltage at rated value

2. Inject a phase-to-phase voltage and phase-to-phase current at rated

Page 71: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

59

value

3. Check that the magnitude and phasor of analog quantities displayed in

LHMI are in accordance with the input values

4. Inject an asymmetrical three-phase current and voltage at rated value in

two phases

5. Check that the magnitude and phasor of analog quantities displayed in

LHMI are in accordance with the input values

6. If the compared value is consistent, perform the testing, if the compared

value is different, check the analog circuit connections

IA

IB

IC

IN

UA

UB

UC

UN

IA

IB

IB

IN

UA

UB

UC

UN

I’A

I’B

I’C

I’N

Trip A

Trip B

Trip C

Tester IED

Figure 15 Testing connection diagram

Page 72: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

60

4 Testing the power supply

4.1 Checking the self-startup performance

Power on the IED, in order to check the self-startup performance of the IED,

energizing the IED with the voltage rised slowly from zero to 80% rated

voltage, at this time, observe the green “Run” LED on the front panel that

should be lighted continuously. After the DC power disappears, the normal

closed contact should be disconnected, which can be tested using the

multimeter, the contact is show in Figure 11.

4.2 DC power on and power off testing

Changing the DC power to 80% rated voltage, power off and power on the

power supply some times, the “Run” LED on the front panel should turn off

and turn on correspondingly. The normal closed contact should be in the “on”

or “off” state. The contact is show in Figure 11.

4.3 Checking the expiry date of power supply

When period checking, check the expiry date for the power supply module, if

the power supply module has been used more than 5 years, please replace it.

Page 73: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

61

5 Checking the analog channel

5.1 Checking the zero drift

MainMenu/Testing/ViewDrift

In this menu to check the zero drift of CPU1 and CPU2. The zero drift values

of all analog channels have been listed in detail, check that the zero drift is

met the requirement. Generally, the requirement of the current channels is

<0.02A (if the CT of analog input module is 1A) or <0.1A (if the CT of analog

input module is 5A), the voltage channels is <0.1V. If the zero drift value is not

satisfied the requirement, adjust the corresponding zero drift.

MainMenu/Testing/AdjDrift

It is allowed to check zero drift after energizing the IED for 5 minutes, when

adjusting the zero drift, disconnect electrical connection of the IED, test

equipment, standard source and external circuit, make sure that there are no

any inputs to analog terminals, select the menu and adjust zero drift.

5.2 Calibrating

MainMenu/Testing/AdjScale

Using the test equipment with the accuracy of analogue output should be no

less than 0.5%, connect the voltages and currents of test equipment to the

corresponding input terminals, select the channel need to be adjusted with

arrow keys and Set key, set the adjustment value In and UN, output the analog

quantities from test equipment to IED and comfirm it. If the operation fails, the

abnormity of analog channel and the channel number will be displayed in the

HMI, check the connection, standard value and version is correct or not.

Note: during testing, if the measuring tolerance of the analog quantities are

large than the required range, check that the testing connection, testing

method and external measurement meter is correct, the testing source has

not wave distortion, before all of the exteral equipments are checked, it

should not adjust or change the components of the IED immediately.

5.3 Checking the accuracy and the linearity of analog quantitis

Page 74: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

62

MainMenu/Testing/ViewScale

After scale and zero drift adjustment completed, check the measurement

linearity tolerance of the IED with test equipment(the accuracy of analogue

output should be no less than 0.5%), and record the testing result, the

requirement:

If the secondary rated current of CT is 5A, inject current 25A and 10A (the

time for these two injected current can't be more than 10s), 2A, 1A, 0.4A

respectively; if the secondary rated current of CT is 1A, inject current 5A,

2A, 0.5A, 0.2A, 0.08A respectively

Inject voltage 60V, 30V, 5V, 1V, 0.4V respectively

Observe the HMI display or check the menu described above, the voltage

channel tolerance is less than 0.1V between HMI display value and measured

value of external meter when the voltage is 0.4V and 1V, for the other voltage

value, the tolerance is less than 2.5%; the current channel tolerance is less

than 0.2In when the current is 0.08In and 0.2In, for the other current value, the

tolerance is less than 2.5%.

5.4 Checking the polarity of analog quantities

MainMenu/OpStatus/Measure

Connect all current circuits in series and connect all voltage circuits in parallel.

Inject rated current and three-phase symmetrical AC voltage with 50V, each

phase voltage lead 60° to the corresponding current. Check the scroll diaplay

in HMI or enter into the menu described above, the angle difference of volage

of phase A, B, C should be 120°, the angle difference of current of phase A, B,

C should be 120°, the current should lag 60° to the corresponding phase

voltage (tolerance ≤3°), if the diaplayed quantities are not satisfied the

requirement, check the IED or the connectin of analog input module.

Inject three-phase symmetrical AC voltage with 50V, inject phase A current

(rated current) that lag 60° to the phase A voltage, observe the magnitude

and angle of 3I0 which are same with IA, if the difference between 3I0 and IA is

larger than the tolerance range, check the IED and the connection of analog

input module.

Page 75: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

63

6 Testing binary input

MainMenu/OpStatus/BI

Check the binary input status in this menu, all the binary input status should

be “Off”. Make sure that the circuit of binary input is in good condition, the

power of binary input have been connected (110V or 220V). Test the binary

input one by one according to the engineering drawing, the tested binary input

status displayed in HMI should be “On”.

Page 76: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

64

7 Testing binary output

MainMenu/Test BO

Testing binary output in this menu to verify the correctness of signal circuit

and output circuit.

During testing the binary output, the corresponding relay contact operate and

the configured LED should be lighted, the irrelevant contacts should not

operate. Use the multimeter to measure the corresponding output contacts of

the tripping and signal.

Page 77: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

65

8 Verifying the IED functions

Procedure:

1. Enable the protection function binary setting via software tool or LHMI

2. Input the corresponding settings value via software tool or LHMI

3. Input the rated currents and voltages to make the IED operating

normally for 20s

4. Active the binary input for the corresponding protection function

5. Simulate the fault occurance

6. Observe the testing result, the output contact

7. Stop the output from test equipment and restore to original state

8. Continue to test another function or complete the test

8.1 Distance protection

8.1.1 Verifying the settings

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.1.1.1 Zone 1 of distance protection

1 Quadrilateral characteristic verifying

1.1 Verifying the zone 1 quadrilateral characteristic

Table 11 Quadrilateral characteristic verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Page 78: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

66

Test item Description

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation According to IEC 60255-121 standard

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

Notice: the two binary settings of "Imp.Oper.Zone" and "Test Pos. Imp"

should be set as 1 for distance protection testing.

1.2 Verifying the quadrilateral characteristic of other zones

The test method of verifying quadrilateral characteristic of other zones is

same as zone 1, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and

settings into the conrresponding zones required.

2 Verifying the phase-to-earth settings of resistance and reactance of

distance protection

2.1 Verifying the phase A settings

Table 12 Reactance setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the reactance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 0

Fault reactance: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the reactance setting verifying

Page 79: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

67

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 0

Fault reactance: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

Table 13 Resistance setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the resistance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 95% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 0

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the resistance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

Page 80: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

68

Test item Description

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 105% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 0

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

2.2 Verifying the phase B settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth distance protection

settings of phase B are same as phase A, only need to change the

corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase B required.

2.3 Verifying the phase C settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth distance protection

settings of phase C are same as phase A, only need to change the

corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase C required.

3 Verifying the phase-to-phase settings of resistance and reactance

of distance protection

3.1 Verifying the phase AB settings

Table 14 Reactance setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the reactance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 0

Fault reactance: 95% of the setting value

Page 81: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

69

Test item Description

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the reactance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 0

Fault reactance: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

Table 15 Resistance setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the resistance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 95% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 0

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the resistance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Page 82: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

70

Test item Description

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 105% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 0

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

3.2 Verifying the phase BC settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-phase distance

protection settings of phase BC are same as phase AB, only need to change

the corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase BC required.

3.3 Verifying the phase CA settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-phase distance

protection settings of phase CA are same as phase AB, only need to change

the corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase CA required.

4 Verifying the time settings for zone 1

4.1 Verifying the time settings of phase A

Table 16 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Page 83: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

71

Test item Description

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

4.2 Verifying the time settings of other phases

The test method of verifying time settings of other phases is same as phase A,

only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings into the

conrresponding phase required.

8.1.1.2 Zone 2 of distance protection

The test method and test items of verifying the reactance, resistance and time

settings of zone 2 of distance protection are same as zone 1, only need to

change the corresponding test conditions and settings into the

conrresponding zone 2 required.

8.1.1.3 Zone 3 of distance protection

The test method and test items of verifying the reactance, resistance and time

settings of zone 3 of distance protection are same as zone 1, only need to

change the corresponding test conditions and settings into the

conrresponding zone 3 required.

8.1.1.4 Zone 4 of distance protection

1 Verifying the phase-to-earth settings of resistance and reactance of

distance protection

1.1 The forward direction

1.1.1 Verifying the phase A settings

Table 17 Reactance setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the reactance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

Page 84: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

72

Test item Description

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 0

Fault reactance: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the reactance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 0

Fault reactance: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

Table 18 Resistance setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of resistance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Page 85: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

73

Test item Description

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 95% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 0

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the resistance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 105% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 0

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.1.2 Verifying the phase B settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth distance protection

settings of phase B are same as phase A, only need to change the

corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase B required.

1.1.3 Verifying the phase C settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth distance protection

settings of phase C are same as phase A, only need to change the

corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase C required.

1.2 The reverse direction

1.2.1 Verifying the phase A settings

Page 86: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

74

Table 19 Reactance setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the reactance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, reverse direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 0

Fault reactance: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the reactance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, reverse direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 0

Fault reactance: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

Table 20 Resistance setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the resistance setting verifying

Page 87: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

75

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, reverse direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 95% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 0

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the resistance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, reverse direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 105% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 0

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2.2 Verifying the phase B settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth distance protection

settings of phase B are same as phase A, only need to change the

corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase B required.

1.2.3 Verifying the phase C settings

Page 88: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

76

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth distance protection

settings of phase C are same as phase A, only need to change the

corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase C required.

2 Verifying the phase-to-phase settings of resistance and reactance

of distance protection

2.1 The forward direction zone

2.1.1 Verifying the phase AB settings

Table 21 Reactance setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the reactance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 0

Fault reactance: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the reactance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Page 89: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

77

Test item Description

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 0

Fault reactance: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

Table 22 Resistance setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the resistance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 95% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 0

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the resistance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 105% of the setting value

Page 90: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

78

Test item Description

Fault reactance: 0

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

2.1.2 Verifying the phase BC settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth distance protection

settings of phase BC are same as phase AB, only need to change the

corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase BC required.

2.1.3 Verifying the phase CA settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth distance protection

settings of phase CA are same as phase AB, only need to change the

corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase CA required.

2.2 The reverse direction zone

2.2.1 Verifying the phase AB settings

Table 23 Reactance setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the reactance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantanuous, reverse direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 0

Fault reactance: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the reactance setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

Page 91: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

79

Test item Description

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantannuous, reverse direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 0

Fault reactance: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

Table 24 Resistance setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the resistance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantannuous, reverse direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 95% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 0

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operation time meet the requirement of technical data

105% of the resistance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

Page 92: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

80

Test item Description

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantannuous, reverse direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 105% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 0

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

2.2.2 Verifying the phase BC settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth distance protection

settings of phase BC are same as phase AB, only need to change the

corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase BC required.

2.2.3 Verifying the phase CA settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth distance protection

settings of phase CA are same as phase AB, only need to change the

corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase CA required.

3 Verifying the time settings for zone 4

3.1 Verifying the time settings of phase A in forward direction

Table 25 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

Page 93: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

81

Test item Description

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operation time meet the requirement of technical data

3.2 Verifying the time settings of other phases in forward or reverser

direction

The test method of verifying time settings of other phases is same as phase A,

only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings into the

conrresponding phase required.

8.1.1.5 Zone 5 of distance protection

The test method and test items of verifying the reactance, resistance and time

settings of zone 5 of distance protection in forward or reverse direction are

same as zone 4, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and

settings into the conrresponding zone 5 required.

8.1.1.6 Extension zone 1 of distance protection

1 Verifying the phase-to-earth settings of resistance and reactance of

distance protection

1.1 Verifying the phase A settings

Table 26 Reactance setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the reactance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1Ext,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Blocking

Mode, set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/PUR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Page 94: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

82

Test item Description

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_1p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 0

Fault reactance: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the reactance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1Ext,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Blocking

Mode, set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/PUR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_1p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 0

Fault reactance: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

Page 95: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

83

Table 27 Resistance setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the resistance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1Ext,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Blocking

Mode, set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/PUR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_1p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 95% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 0

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operation time meet the requirement of technical data

105% of the resistance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1Ext,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Blocking

Mode, set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/PUR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_1p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

Page 96: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

84

Test item Description

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 105% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 0

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2 Verifying the phase B settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth distance protection

settings of phase B are same as phase A, only need to change the

corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase B required.

1.3 Verifying the phase C settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth distance protection

settings of phase C are same as phase A, only need to change the

corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase C required.

2 Verifying the phase-to-phase settings of resistance and reactance

of distance protection

2.1 Verifying the phase AB settings

Table 28 Reactance setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the reactance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1Ext,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Blocking

Mode, set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/PUR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

Page 97: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

85

Test item Description

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_1p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 0

Fault reactance: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the reactance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1Ext,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Blocking

Mode, set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/PUR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_1p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 0

Fault reactance: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

Page 98: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

86

Table 29 Resistance setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the resistance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1Ext,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Blocking

Mode, set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/PUR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_1p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 95% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 0

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the resistance setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1Ext,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Blocking

Mode, set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/PUR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_1p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Page 99: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

87

Test item Description

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 105% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 0

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

2.2 Verifying the phase BC settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-phase distance

protection settings of phase BC are same as phase AB, only need to change

the corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase BC required.

2.3 Verifying the phase CA settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-phase distance

protection settings of phase CA are same as phase AB, only need to change

the corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase CA required.

3 Verifying the time settings for extension zone

3.1 Verifying the time setting of phase A

Table 30 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1Ext,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Blocking

Mode, set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/PUR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_1p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Page 100: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

88

Test item Description

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Imp.Oper.Zone, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/Test Menu/Pls Input SetGrNo/Test Pos. Imp, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

3.2 Verifying the time settings of other phases

The test method of verifying time settings of other phases is same as phase A,

only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings into the

conrresponding phase required.

8.1.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.1.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 31 Distance protection function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1 Kx Zero sequence reactance

compensation coefficient -0.33 8

2. 1 Kr Zero sequence resistance

compensation coefficient -0.33 8

3. 5/In R1_PE Phase to earth resistance setting of

zone 1 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

4. 5/In X1_PE Phase to earth reactance setting of

zone 1 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

5. 8/In R2_PE Phase to earth resistance setting of

zone 2 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

Page 101: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

89

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

6. 8/In X2_PE Phase to earth reactance setting of

zone 2 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

7. 12/In R3_PE Phase to earth resistance setting of

zone 3 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

8. 12/In X3_PE Phase to earth reactance setting of

zone 3 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

9. 15/In R4_PE Phase to earth resistance setting of

zone 4 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

10. 15/In X4_PE Phase to earth reactance setting of

zone 4 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

11. 18/In R5_PE Phase to earth resistance setting of

zone 5 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

12. 18/In X5_PE Phase to earth reactance setting of

zone 5 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

13. 8/In R1Ext_PE Phase to earth resistance setting of

extension zone of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

14. 8/In X1Ext_PE Phase to earth reactance setting of

extension zone of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

15. 0 T1_PE Delay time of phase to earth zone 1 s 0 60

16. 0.3 T2_PE Delay time of phase to earth zone 2 s 0 60

17. 0.6 T3_PE Delay time of phase to earth zone 3 s 0 60

18. 0.9 T4_PE Delay time of phase to earth zone 4 s 0 60

19. 1.2 T5_PE Delay time of phase to earth zone 5 s 0 60

20. 0.05 T1_Ext_PE Delay time of phase to earth

extension zone s 0 60

21. 5/In R1_PP Phase to phase resistance setting of

zone 1 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

22. 5/In X1_PP Phase to phase reactance setting of

zone 1 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

23. 8/In R2_PP Phase to phase resistance setting of

zone 2 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

24. 8/In X2_PP Phase to phase reactance setting of

zone 2 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

25. 12/In R3_PP Phase to phase resistance setting of

zone 3 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

26. 12/In X3_PP Phase to phase reactance setting of

zone 3 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

27. 15/In R4_PP Phase to phase resistance setting of

zone 4 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

28. 15/In X4_PP Phase to phase reactance setting of

zone 4 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

29. 18/In R5_PP Phase to phase resistance setting of Ohm 0.01 600

Page 102: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

90

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

zone 5 of distance protection

30. 18/In X5_PP Phase to phase reactance setting of

zone 5 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

31. 8/In R1Ext_PP Phase to phase resistance setting of

extension zone of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

32. 8/In X1Ext_PP Phase to phase reactance setting of

extension zone of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

33. 0 T1_PP Delay time of phase to phase zone 1 s 0 60

34. 0.3 T2_PP Delay time of phase to phase zone 2 s 0 60

35. 0.6 T3_PP Delay time of phase to phase zone 3 s 0 60

36. 0.9 T4_PP Delay time of phase to phase zone 4 s 0 60

37. 1.2 T5_PP Delay time of phase to phase zone 5 s 0 60

38. 0.05 T1_Ext_PP Delay time of phase to earth

extension zone s 0 60

39. 0.1In 3I0_Dist_PE Zero sequence current setting for

phase to earth distance protection A 0.1 10

40. 1 3U0_Dist_PE Zero sequence voltage setting for

phase to earth distance protection V 0.5 60

Table 32 Distance protection binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1 Func_Z1 Zone 1 of distance protection enabled

or disabled 0 1

2. 1 Func_Z2 Zone 2 of distance protection enabled

or disabled 0 1

3. 1 Func_Z3 Zone 3 of distance protection enabled

or disabled 0 1

4. 1 Func_Z4 Zone 4 of distance protection enabled

or disabled 0 1

5. 0 Reverse_Z4 Reverse or fowared direction of zone

4 enabled or disabled 0 1

6. 1 Func_Z5 Zone 5 of distance protection enabled

or disabled 0 1

7. 0 Reverse_Z5 Reverse or fowared direction of zone

5 enabled or disabled 0 1

8. 1 Func_Z1Ext Extension zone 1 distance protection

enabled or disabled 0 1

9. 0 Z2 Speedup Zone 2 speedup enabled or disabled 0 1

10. 0 Z3 Speedup Zone 3 speedup enabled or disabled 0 1

11. 0 Z23

Speedup

Zone 3 speedup blocked by inrush

enabled or disabled 0 1

Page 103: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

91

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

Inrush Block

8.2 Power swing function

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.2.1 Verifying the power swing function settings

Table 33 Power swing function setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the power swing setting

Binary setting None

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation Current: increase three-phase current slowly to 105% power swing

setting, and the sudden-change current do not startup

Test result Power swing function startup

95% power swing setting

Binary setting None

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation Current: increase three-phase current slowly to 95% power swing

setting, and the sudden-change current do not startup

Test result Power swing function do not startup

8.2.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.2.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 34 Distance protection function setting list

Page 104: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

92

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 2In I_PSB The current setting for detecting

power swing function A 0.5 100

Table 35 Distance protection binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1 Z1_PS Blocking Blocking zone 1 of distance

protection when power swing 0 1

2. 1 Z2_PS Blocking Blocking zone 2 of distance

protection when power swing 0 1

3. 1 Z3_PS Blocking Blocking zone 3 of distance

protection when power swing 0 1

4. 1 Z4_PS Blocking Blocking zone 4 of distance

protection when power swing 0 1

5. 1 Z5_PS Blocking Blocking zone 5 of distance

protection when power swing 0 1

6. 1 Z1Ext_PS Blocking

Blocking extension zone of

distance protection when power

swing

0 1

8.3 Teleprotection for distance protection

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.3.1 Verifying the settings

8.3.1.1 Verifying permissive underreach scheme

1 Verifying permissive signal

1.1 Verifying the phase A settings

Table 36 Verifying permissive tele-signal

Test item Description

Permissive signal receiving

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/PUR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

Page 105: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

93

Test item Description

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for distance protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

No permissive signal receiving

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/PUR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2 Verifying the phase B settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth settings of phase B

are same as phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions

and settings into the phase B required.

1.3 Verifying the phase C settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth settings of phase C

are same as phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions

and settings into the phase C required.

2 Verifying the permissive signal

Page 106: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

94

2.1 Verifying the phase AB settings

Table 37 Verifying permissive signal

Test item Description

Permissive signal receiving

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/PUR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for distance protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

No permissive signal receiving

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/PUR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

2.2 Verifying the phase BC settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-phase distance

protection settings of phase BC are same as phase AB, only need to change

the corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase BC required.

Page 107: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

95

2.3 Verifying the phase CA settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-phase distance

protection settings of phase CA are same as phase AB, only need to change

the corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase CA required.

3 Verifying the time setting

3.1 Verifying the time setting of phase A

Table 38 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/PUR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for distance protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

3.2 Verifying the time settings of other phases

The test method of verifying time settings of other phases is same as phase A,

only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings into the

conrresponding phase required.

8.3.1.2 Verifying permissive overrreach scheme

1 Verifying permissive signal

1.1 Verifying the phase A settings

Table 39 Verifying permissive signal

Page 108: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

96

Test item Description

Permissive signal receiving

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for distance protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

No permissive signal receiving

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2 Verifying the phase B settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth settings of phase B

are same as phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions

and settings into the phase B required.

1.3 Verifying the phase C settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth settings of phase C

are same as phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions

and settings into the phase C required.

2 Verifying permissive signal

Page 109: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

97

2.1 Verifying the phase AB settings

Table 40 Verifying permissive signal

Test item Description

Permissive signal receiving

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for distance protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

No permissive signal receiving

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

2.2 Verifying the phase BC settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-phase distance

protection settings of phase BC are same as phase AB, only need to change

the corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase BC required.

2.3 Verifying the phase CA settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-phase distance

protection settings of phase CA are same as phase AB, only need to change

Page 110: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

98

the corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase CA required.

3 Verifying the time setting

3.1 Verifying the time setting of phase A

Table 41 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for distance protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, forward direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

3.2 Verifying the time settings of other phases

The test method of verifying time settings of other phases is same as phase A,

only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings into the

conrresponding phase required.

8.3.1.3 Verifying blocking scheme

1 Fault occurrance at reverse direction

1.1 Verifying blocking signal

1.1.1 Verifying the phase A settings

Table 42 Verifying blocking signal

Test item Description

Blocking signal sending

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Blocking

Mode, set the binary setting as 1

Page 111: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

99

Test item Description

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, reverse direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding blocking signal should be issued

1.1.2 Verifying the phase B settings

The test method and test itmes of verifying phase-to-earth settings of phase B

are same as phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions

and settings into the phase B required.

1.1.3 Verifying the phase C settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth settings of phase C

are same as phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions

and settings into the phase C required.

1.2 Verifying blocking signal

1.2.1 Verifying the phase AB settings

Table 43 Verifying blocking signal

Test item Description

Blocking signal sending

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Blocking

Mode, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

Page 112: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

100

Test item Description

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantanuous, reverse direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding blocking signal should be issued

1.2.2 Verifying the phase BC settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-phase distance

protection settings of phase BC are same as phase AB, only need to change

the corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase BC required.

1.2.3 Verifying the phase CA settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-phase distance

protection settings of phase CA are same as phase AB, only need to change

the corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase CA required.

2 Fault occurrance at forward direction

2.1 Verifying blocking signal

2.1.1 Verifying the phase A settings

Table 44 Verifying blocking signal

Test item Description

No blocking signal receiving

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Blocking

Mode, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Page 113: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

101

Test item Description

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, reverse direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

Blocking signal receiving

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Blocking

Mode, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for distance protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, reverse direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

2.1.2 Verifying the phase B settings

The test method and test itmes of verifying phase-to-earth settings of phase B

are same as phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions

and settings into the phase B required.

2.1.3 Verifying the phase C settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-earth settings of phase C

are same as phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions

and settings into the phase C required.

2.2 Verifying blocking signal

2.2.1 Verifying the phase AB settings

Table 45 Verifying blocking singal

Page 114: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

102

Test item Description

No blocking signal receiving

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Blocking

Mode, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantanuous, reverse direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

Blocking signal receiving

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Blocking

Mode, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for distance protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase AB, instantanuous, reverse direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

2.2.2 Verifying the phase BC settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-phase distance

protection settings of phase BC are same as phase AB, only need to change

the corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase BC required.

Page 115: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

103

2.2.3 Verifying the phase CA settings

The test method and test items of verifying phase-to-phase distance

protection settings of phase CA are same as phase AB, only need to change

the corresponding test conditions and settings into the phase CA required.

2.3 Verifying the time setting

2.3.1 Verifying the time setting of phase A

Table 46 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Blocking

Mode, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z2, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z4, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Reverse_Z4,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantannuous, reverse direction

Fault current: 120% of the rated current

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

2.3.2 Verifying the time settings of other phases

The test method of verifying time settings of other phases is same as phase A,

only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings into the

conrresponding phase required.

8.3.1.4 Verifying direct transfer trip function

Table 47 Direct transfer trip function verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

Page 116: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

104

Test item Description

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value None

Binary input Active the binary input of DTT

Fault simulation None

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

8.3.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.3.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 48 Teleprotection for distance protection function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 40 T_Tele Reversal Time delay for current reversing ms 0 100

2. 5/In R1_PE Phase to earth resistance setting

of zone 1 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

3. 5/In X1_PE Phase to earth reactance setting

of zone 1 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

4. 8/In R2_PE Phase to earth resistance setting

of zone 2 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

5. 8/In X2_PE Phase to earth reactance setting

of zone 2 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

6. 15/In R4_PE Phase to earth resistance setting

of zone 4 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

7. 15/In X4_PE Phase to earth reactance setting

of zone 4 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

8. 0 T1_PE Delay time of phase to earth

zone 1 s 0 60

9. 0.3 T2_PE Delay time of phase to earth

zone 2 s 0 60

10. 0.9 T4_PE Delay time of phase to earth

zone 4 s 0 60

11. 5/In R1_PP

Phase to phase resistance

setting of zone 1 of distance

protection

Ohm 0.01 600

12. 5/In X1_PP

Phase to phase reactance

setting of zone 1 of distance

protection

Ohm 0.01 600

Page 117: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

105

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

13. 8/In R2_PP

Phase to phase resistance

setting of zone 2 of distance

protection

Ohm 0.01 600

14. 8/In X2_PP

Phase to phase reactance

setting of zone 2 of distance

protection

Ohm 0.01 600

15. 15/In R4_PP

Phase to phase resistance

setting of zone 4 of distance

protection

Ohm 0.01 600

16. 15/In X4_PP

Phase to phase reactance

setting of zone 4 of distance

protection

Ohm 0.01 600

17. 0 T1_PP Delay time of phase to phase

zone 1 s 0 60

18. 0.3 T2_PP Delay time of phase to phase

zone 2 s 0 60

19. 0.9 T4_PP Delay time of phase to phase

zone 4 s 0 60

Table 49 Teleprotection for distance protection binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0 Weak InFeed Weak Infeed mode enabled or

disabled 0 1

2. 0 Blocking Mode Blocking mode enabled or

disabled 0 1

3. 0 PUR Mode Permissive underreach mode

enabled or disabled 0 1

4. 1 POR Mode Permissive overreach mode

enabled or disabled 0 1

8.4 Teleprotection for earth fault protection

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.4.1 Verifying the settings

1 Verifying the phase A setting

Page 118: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

106

1.1 Verifying the zero-sequence current setting

Table 50 Zero-sequence current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the zero-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for earth fault protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the zero-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_EF1, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for earth fault protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2 Verifying the time setting

Table 51 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for earth fault protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

Page 119: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

107

Test item Description

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

1.3 Verifying the direction angle setting

Table 52 Zero-sequence direction angle setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value

Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance,

Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for earth fault protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, forward direction

Direction angle: ±3° from operating boundary setting value

Zero sequence current: 200% of the setting value

Zero sequence voltage: 85% rated voltage

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

Table 53 Negative-sequence direction angle setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/EF U2/I2 Dir,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value

Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance,

Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for earth fault protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, forward direction

Direction angle: ±3° from operating boundary setting value

Negative sequence current: 200% of the setting value

Zero sequence voltage: 0 V

Negative sequence voltage: 85% rated voltage

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

Page 120: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

108

1.4 Verifying the inrush restraint setting

Table 54 Inrush restraint setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the inrush restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Tele_EF

Inrush Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value

Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance,

Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for earth fault protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 95% of setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the inrush restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Tele_EF

Inrush Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value

Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance,

Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for earth fault protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 105% of setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

Table 55 The maximum inrush current setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

set the binary setting as 1

Page 121: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

109

Test item Description

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Tele_EF

Inrush Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value

Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance,

Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for earth fault protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Fault current: 95% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

105% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Tele EF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/POR Mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Tele_EF

Inrush Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value

Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance,

Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of teleprotection for earth fault protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Fault current: 105% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

8.4.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

Page 122: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

110

8.4.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 56 Teleprotection for earth fault function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 40 T_Tele Reversal Time delay for current

reversing ms 0 100

2. 0.2In 3I0_Tele EF Zero sequence current setting

for Tele-EF A 0.05 100

3. 0.15 T0_Tele EF Time delay for Tele-EF s 0.01 10

4. 5In Imax_2H_UnBlk Maximum current for

unblocking A 0.25 100

5. 0.2 Ratio_I2/I1

The ratio for second harmonic

component to fundanmental

component

0.07 0.5

6. 70 Angle_EF Characteristic angle for zero

sequence direction Degree 0 90

7. 70 Angle_Neg Characteristic angle for

negative sequence direction Degree 50 90

Table 57 Teleprotection for earth fault protection binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1 POR Mode Permissive overreach mode

enabled or disabled 0 1

2. 0 Func_Tele EF Tele-EF protection function

enabled or disabled 0 1

3. 0 Tele_EF Inrush

Block

Tele-EF blocked by inrush

enabled or disabled 0 1

4. 0 Tele_EF Init AR Auto reclosure initiated by

Tele-EF enabled or disabled 0 1

5. 0 EF U2/I2 Dir

Negative sequence direction

element for earth fault

protection enabled or disabled

0 1

8.5 Overcurrent protection

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

Page 123: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

111

8.5.1 Verifying the settings

8.5.1.1 Verifying the settings of stage 1 of overcurrent protection

1 Verifying the phase A setting

1.1 Verifying the current setting

Table 58 Current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_OC1, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_OC1, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2 Verifying the time setting

Table 59 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_OC1, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Page 124: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

112

Test item Description

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

1.3 Verifying the direction angle setting

Table 60 Direction angle setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_OC1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/OC1 Direction,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, forward direction

Direction angle: ±3° from operating boundary setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault voltage: 85% rated voltage

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

1.4 Verifying the inrush restraint setting

Table 61 Inrush restraint setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the inrush restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_OC1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/OC1 Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 95% of setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the inrush restraint setting verifying

Page 125: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

113

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_OC1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_OC1, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 105% of setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

Table 62 Cross-blocking setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_OC1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/OC1 Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Harmonic phase: phase B or phase C

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Cross-blocking time: the same as setting value

Fault time: longer than (cross-blocking time + operate setting value)

Test result

The corresponding output contacts should be closed, the operate

time meet the requirement of technical data (cross-blocking time +

operate time)

Table 63 The maximum inrush current setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_OC1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/OC1 Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Page 126: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

114

Test item Description

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Fault current: 95% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

105% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_OC1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/OC1 Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Fault current: 105% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

8.5.1.2 Verifying the settings of stage 2 of overcurrent protection

The test method and test items of verifying the stage 2 of overcurrent

portection are same as stage 1, only need to change the corresponding test

conditions and settings into the conrresponding stage 2 required.

8.5.1.3 Verifying the settings of inverse time stage

1 Verifying the time setting of phase A

Table 64 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_OC Inv,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Page 127: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

115

Test item Description

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the time calculated by the equation

Test result

The corresponding output contacts should be closed, the operate

time meet the requirement of calculated by inverse time stage

equation of technical data

Table 65 Inverse time stage characteristic

Inverse time stage characteristic

IEC

Normal inverse

Very inverse

Extremely inverse

Long inverse

ANSI

Normal Inverse

Short inverse

Long inverse

Moderately inverse

Very inverse

Extremely inverse

Definite inverse

User-defined characteristic

A

i

I 1

Time factor of inverse time, A

Delay of inverse time, B

Index of inverse time, P

Set time Multiplier for step n: k

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase of inverse time

stage are same as phase A, only need to change the corresponding test

conditions and settings into the conrresponding other phase required.

8.5.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

Page 128: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

116

8.5.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 66 Overcurrent protection function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 2In I_OC1 Current setting for stage 1 A 0.05 100

2. 0.1 T_OC1 Time setting for stage 1 s 0 60

3. 1.2In I_OC2 Current setting for stage 2 A 0.05 100

4. 0.3 T_OC2 Time setting for stage 2 s 0 60

5. 1 Curve_OC Inv Inverse time curve 1 12

6. 1.2In I_OC Inv Current setting for inverse

time stage A 0.05 100

7. 1 K_OC Inv Time multiplier for inverse

time stage 0.05 999

8. 0.14 A_OC Inv Time factor for inverse time

stage s 0 200

9. 0 B_OC Inv Delay time for inverse time

stage s 0 60

10. 0.02 P_OC Inv Index for inverse time stage 0 10

11. 60 Angle_OC Direction characteristic angle Degree 0 90

12. 5In Imax_2H_UnBlk Maximum inrush current

setting A 0.25 100

13. 0.2 Ratio_I2/I1

Ratio for second harmonic

current to fundamental

component

0.07 0.5

14. 1 T2h_Cross_Blk Time setting for

cross-blocking s 0 60

Table 67 Overcurrent protection binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1 Func_OC1 Overcurrent stage 1 enabled

or disabled 0 1

2. 1 OC1 Direction Direction of overcurrent stage

1 enabled or disabled 0 1

3. 1 OC1 Inrush Block Inrush restraint for overcurrent

stage 1 enabled or disabled 0 1

4. 1 Func_OC2 Overcurrent stage 2 enabled

or disabled 0 1

5. 1 OC2 Direction Direction of overcurrent stage

2 enabled or disabled 0 1

Page 129: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

117

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

6. 1 OC2 Inrush Block Inrush restraint for overcurrent

stage 2 enabled or disabled 0 1

7. 1 Func_OC Inv Inverse time stage enabled or

disabled 0 1

8. 0 OC Inv Direction Direction of inverse time stage

enabled or disabled 0 1

9. 0 OC Inv Inrush Block

Inrush restraint for inverse

time stage enabled or

disabled

0 1

8.6 Earth fault protection

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.6.1 Verifying the settings

8.6.1.1 Verifying the settings of stage 1 of earth fault protection

1 Verifying the phase A setting

1.1 Verifying the zero-sequence current setting

Table 68 Zero-sequence current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the zero-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_EF1, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the zero-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_EF1, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

Page 130: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

118

Test item Description

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2 Verifying the time setting

Table 69 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_EF1, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

1.3 Verifying the direction angle setting

Table 70 Zero-sequence direction angle setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_EF1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/EF1 Direction,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, forward direction

Direction angle: ±3° from operating boundary setting value

Zero sequence current: 200% of the setting value

Zero sequence voltage: 85% rated voltage

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

Table 71 Negative-sequence direction angle setting verifying

Page 131: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

119

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_EF1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/EF1 Direction,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/EF U2/I2 Dir,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, forward direction

Direction angle: ±3° from operating boundary setting value

Negative sequence current: 200% of the setting value

Zero sequence voltage: 0 V

Negative sequence voltage: 85% rated voltage

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

1.4 Verifying the inrush restraint setting

Table 72 Inrush restraint setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the inrush restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_EF1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/EF1 Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 95% of setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the inrush restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_EF1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/EF1 Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Page 132: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

120

Test item Description

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 105% of setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

Table 73 The maximum inrush current setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_EF1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/EF1 Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Fault current: 95% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

105% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_EF1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/EF1 Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Fault current: 105% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

Page 133: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

121

8.6.1.2 Verifying the settings of stage 2 of earth fault protection

The test method and test items of verifying the stage 2 of earth fault

portection are same as stage 1, only need to change the corresponding test

conditions and settings into the conrresponding stage 2 required.

8.6.1.3 Verifying the settings of inverse time stage

1 Verifying the time setting of phase A

Table 74 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_EF Inv,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the time calculated by the equation

Test result

The corresponding output contacts should be closed, the operate

time meet the requirement of calculated by inverse time stage

equation of technical data

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase of inverse time

stage are same as phase A, only need to change the corresponding test

conditions and settings into the conrresponding other phase required.

8.6.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.6.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 75 Earth fault protection function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0.5In 3I0_EF1 Zero-sequence current A 0.05 100

Page 134: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

122

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

setting for stage 1

2. 0.1 T_EF1 Time delay for stage 1 s 0 60

3. 0.2In 3I0_EF2 Zero-sequence current

setting for stage 2 A 0.05 100

4. 0.3 T_EF2 Delay time for stage 2 s 0 60

5. 1 Curve_EF Inv Inverse time curve of earth

fault protection 1 12

6. 0.2In 3I0_EF Inv

Zero-sequence current

setting for inverse time

stage

A 0.05 100

7. 1 K_EF Inv Multiplier setting for inverse

time stage 0.05 999

8. 0.14 A_EF Inv Coefficient setting for

inverse time stage s 0 200

9. 0 B_EF Inv Time delay setting for

inverse time stage s 0 60

10. 0.02 P_EF Inv Index for inverse time

stage 0 10

11. 70 Angle_EF Characteristic angle for

zero-sequence direction Degree 0 90

12. 70 Angle_Neg

Characteristic angle for

negative-sequence

direction

Degree 50 90

13. 5In Imax_2H_Un

Blk

Maximum inrush current

setting A 0.25 100

14. 0.2 Ratio_I2/I1

Ratio for second harmonic

current to fundamental

component

0.07 0.5

Table 76 Earth fault protection binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1 Func_EF1 Stage 1 of EF protection

enabled or disabled 0 1

2. 1 EF1 Direction

Direction of stage 1 of EF

protection enabled or

disabled

0 1

3. 1 EF1 Inrush

Block

Blocking stage 1 by inrush

enabled or disabled 0 1

4. 1 Func_EF2 Stage 2 of EF protection

enabled or disabled 0 1

5. 1 EF2 Direction Direction of stage 2 of EF 0 1

Page 135: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

123

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

protection enabled or

disabled

6. 1 EF2 Inrush

Block

Blocking stage 2 by inrush

enabled or disabled 0 1

7. 1 Func_EF Inv

Inverse time stage of EF

protection enabled or

disabled

0 1

8. 0 EF Inv

Direction

Direction of inverse time

stage of EF protection

enabled or disabled

0 1

9. 0 EF Inv Inrush

Block

Blocking inverse time stage

by inrush enabled or

disabled

0 1

10. 0 EF U2/I2 Dir

Negative-sequence

direction element for EF

protection enabled or

disabled

0 1

11. 0 EF1 Init AR

Auto-reclosure initiated by

stage 1 of EF protection

enabled or disabled

0 1

12. 0 EF2 Init AR

Auto-reclosure initiated by

stage 2 of EF protection

enabled or disabled

0 1

8.7 Emergency/backup overcurrent protection

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.7.1 Verifying the settings

8.7.1.1 Verifying the settings of emergency/backup protection

1 Verifying the phase A setting

1.1 Verifying the current setting

Table 77 Current setting verifying

Test item Description

Page 136: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

124

Test item Description

105% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_ BU OC,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

OC, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_ BU OC,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

OC, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2 Verifying the time setting

Table 78 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_ BU OC,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

OC, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Page 137: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

125

Test item Description

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

1.3 Verifying the inrush restraint setting

Table 79 Inrush restraint setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the inrush restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_ BU OC,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

OC, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Em/BU OC

Inrush Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 95% of setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the inrush restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_ BU OC,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

OC, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Em/BU OC

Inrush Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 105% of setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

Table 80 Cross-blocking setting verifying

Page 138: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

126

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_ BU OC,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

OC, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Em/BU OC

Inrush Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Harmonic phase: phase B or phase C

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Cross-blocking time: the same as setting value

Fault time: longer than (cross-blocking time + operate setting value)

Test result

The corresponding output contacts should be closed, the operate

time meet the requirement of technical data (cross-blocking time +

operate time)

Table 81 The maximum inrush current setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_ BU OC,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

OC, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Em/BU OC

Inrush Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Fault current: 95% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

105% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_ BU OC,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

Page 139: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

127

Test item Description

OC, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Em/BU OC

Inrush Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Fault current: 105% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

8.7.1.2 Verifying the settings of inverse time stage

1 Verifying the time setting of phase A

Table 82 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_ BU OC,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

OC Inv, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the time calculated by the equation

Test result

The corresponding output contacts should be closed, the operate

time meet the requirement of calculated by inverse time stage

equation of technical data

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

Page 140: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

128

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase of inverse time

stage are same as phase A, only need to change the corresponding test

conditions and settings into the conrresponding other phase required.

8.7.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.7.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 83 Emergency/backup overcurrent protection function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1.2In I_Em/BU OC Current setting for Em/BU

overcurrent protection A 0.05 100

2. 0.3 T_Em/BU OC Time setting for Em/BU

overcurrent protection s 0 60

3. 1 Curve_Em/BU

OC Inv

Inverse time curve for

Em/BU overcurrent

protection

1 12

4. 1.2In I_Inv_Em/BU

OC

Current setting for inverse

time stage A 0.05 100

5. 1 K_Em/BU OC

Inv

Time multiplier for inverse

time stage 0.05 999

6. 0.14 A_Em/BU OC

Inv

Time factor for inverse

time stage s 0 200

7. 0 B_Em/BU OC

Inv

Delay time for inverse

time stage s 0 60

8. 0.02 P_Em/BU OC

Inv

Index for inverse time

stage 0 10

9. 5In Imax_2H_UnBlk Maximum inrush current

setting A 0.25 100

10. 0.2 Ratio_I2/I1

Ratio for second

harmonic current to

fundamental component

0.07 0.5

11. 1 T2h_Cross_Blk Time for cross blocking s 0 60

Table 84 Emergency/backup overcurrent protection binary setting list

Page 141: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

129

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0 Func_BU OC

Backup overcurrent

protection enabled or

disabled

0 1

2. 1 Func_Em/BU

OC

Emergency overcurrent

protection stage 1

enabled or disabled

0 1

3. 0 Em/BU OC

Inrush Block

Inrush restraint for stage 1

enabled or disabled 0 1

4. 1 Func_Em/BU

OC Inv

Inverse time stage of

emergency overcurrent

protection enabled or

disabled

0 1

5. 0 Em/BU OC Inv

Inrush Block

Inrush restraint of

emergency overcurrent

protection inverse stage

enabled or disabled

0 1

8.8 Emergency/backup earth fault protection

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.8.1 Verifying the settings

8.8.1.1 Verifying the settings of emergency/backup protection

1 Verifying the phase A setting

1.1 Verifying the zero-sequence current setting

Table 85 Zero-sequence current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the zero-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_BU EF,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

EF, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Page 142: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

130

Test item Description

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the zero-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_BU EF,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

EF, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2 Verifying the time setting

Table 86 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_BU EF,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

EF, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

1.3 Verifying the inrush restraint setting

Table 87 Inrush restraint setting verifying

Page 143: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

131

Test item Description

95% of the inrush restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_BU EF,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

EF, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Em/BU EF

Inrush Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 95% of setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the inrush restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_BU EF,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

EF, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Em/BU EF

Inrush Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 105% of setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

Table 88 The maximum inrush current setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_BU EF,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

EF, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Em/BU EF

Inrush Block, set the binary setting as 1

Page 144: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

132

Test item Description

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Fault current: 95% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

105% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_BU EF,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

EF, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Em/BU EF

Inrush Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Fault current: 105% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

8.8.1.2 Verifying the settings of inverse time stage

1 Verifying the time setting of phase A

Table 89 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_BU EF,

set the binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_Em/BU

EF Inv, set the binary setting as 1

Page 145: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

133

Test item Description

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Fault type: phase A

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the time calculated by the equation

Test result

The corresponding output contacts should be closed, the operate

time meet the requirement of calculated by inverse time stage

equation of technical data

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase of inverse time

stage are same as phase A, only need to change the corresponding test

conditions and settings into the other phase required.

8.8.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.8.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 90 Emergency/backup earth fault protection function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0.2In 3I0_Em/BU EF

Zero-sequence current

setting for Em/BU EF

protection

A 0.05 100

2. 0.3 T_Em/BU EF Time setting for Em/BU EF

protection s 0 60

3. 1 Curve_Em/BU

EF Inv

Inverse time curve for

Em/BU EF protection 1 12

4. 0.2In 3I0_Inv_Em/B

U EF

Zero-sequence current

setting for inverse time

stage

A 0.05 100

5. 1 K_Em/BU EF

Inv

Time multiplier for inverse

time stage 0.05 999

6. 0.14 A_Em/BU EF Time factor for inverse time s 0 200

Page 146: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

134

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

Inv stage

7. 0 B_Em/BU EF

Inv

Delay time for inverse time

stage s 0 60

8. 0.02 P_Em/BU EF

Inv Index for inverse time stage 0 10

9. 5In Imax_2H_UnBl

k

Maximum inrush current

setting A 0.25 100

10. 0.2 Ratio_I2/I1

Ratio for second harmonic

current to fundamental

component

0.07 0.5

Table 91 Emergency/backup earth fault protection binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0 Func_BU EF

Backup earth fault

protection enabled or

disabled

0 1

2. 1 Func_Em/BU

EF

Emergency earth fault

protection enabled or

disabled

0 1

3. 0 Em/BU EF

Inrush Block

Inrush restraint of

emergency earth fault

protection enabled or

disabled

0 1

4. 1 Func_Em/BU

EF Inv

Inverse time stage of

emergency earth fault

protection enabled or

disabled

0 1

5. 0 Em/BU EF Inv

Inrush Block

Inrush restraint of

emergency earth fault

protection inverse stage

enabled or disabled

0 1

8.9 Switch-onto-fault protection

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.9.1 Verifying the settings

Page 147: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

135

8.9.1.1 Verifying the distance element of switch-onto-fault protection

1 Verifying the current setting

1.1 Verifying the phase A settings

Table 92 Current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 105% of the current setting for distance element of

switch-onto-fault protection

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: 100ms

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance/Func_Z1, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Distance, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous, forward direction

Fault current: 95% of the current setting for distance element of

switch-onto-fault protection

Fault resistance: 70% of the setting value

Fault reactance: 70% of the setting value

Fault time: 100ms

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

Page 148: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

136

into the conrresponding other phase required.

2 Verifying the reactance and resistance settings

Verifying the reactance and resistance settings for switch-onto-fault protection

refer to the chapter of verifying the distance protection.

8.9.1.2 Verifying the overcurrent element of switch-onto-fault protection

1 Verifying the phase A setting

1.1 Verifying the current setting

Table 93 Current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2 Verifying the time setting

Table 94 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Page 149: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

137

Test item Description

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, the operate

time meet the requirement in technical data

1.3 Verifying the inrush restraint setting

Table 95 Inrush restraint setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the inrush restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/SOTF Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 95% of setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the inrush restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/SOTF Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 105% of setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

Table 96 Cross-blocking setting verifying

Page 150: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

138

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/SOTF Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Harmonic phase: phase B or phase C

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Cross-blocking time: the same as setting value

Fault time: longer than (cross-blocking time + operate setting value)

Test result

The corresponding output contacts should be closed, the operate

time meet the requirement of technical data (cross-blocking time +

operate time)

Table 97 The maximum inrush current setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/SOTF Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Fault current: 95% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

105% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/SOTF Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Page 151: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

139

Test item Description

Fault current: 105% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

8.9.1.3 Verifying the earth fault element of switch-onto-fault protection

1 Verifying the phase A setting

1.1 Verifying the zero-sequencecurrent setting

Table 98 Zero-sequence current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the zero-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the zero-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2 Verifying the time setting

Table 99 Time setting verifying

Page 152: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

140

Test item Description

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, the operate

time meet the requirement in technical data

1.3 Verifying the inrush restraint setting

Table 100 Inrush restraint setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the inrush restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/SOTF Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 95% of setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the inrush restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/SOTF Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 105% of setting value

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

Page 153: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

141

Table 101 The maximum inrush current setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/SOTF Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Fault current: 95% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

105% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_SOTF,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/SOTF Inrush

Block, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB position is “Off” for 15s

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Ratio of I2/I1: 200% of the setting value

Fault current: 105% of the maximum inrush current restraint setting

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

8.9.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.9.3 Reference setting list for test

Page 154: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

142

Table 102 SOTF protection function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0.2In I_SOTF_Dist Current setting for distance

element of SOTF A 0.05 10

2. 5/In R1_PE Phase to earth resistance setting

of zone 1 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

3. 5/In X1_PE Phase to earth reactance setting

of zone 1 of distance protection Ohm 0.01 600

4. 2In I_SOTF Current setting for overcurrent

element of SOTF A 0.05 100

5. 0 T_OC_SOTF Time delay setting for overcurrent

element of SOTF s 0 60

6. 0.5In 3I0_SOTF Zero sequence current setting for

earth fault element of SOTF A 0.05 100

7. 0.1 T_EF_SOTF Time delay setting for earth fault

element of SOTF s 0 60

8. 5In Imax_2H_UnBlk Maximum inrush current setting A 0.25 100

9. 0.2 Ratio_I2/I1

Ratio for second harmonic

current to fundamental

component

0.07 0.5

10. 1 T2h_Cross_Blk Time setting for cross-blocking s 0 60

Table 103 SOTF protection binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1 Func_SOTF SOTF protection operating

mode 0 1

2. 1 SOTF Inrush Block SOTF protection blocked by

inrush 0 1

3. 1 Func_Z1 Zone 1 of distance protection

enabled or disabled 0 1

8.10 Overload protection

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.10.1 Verifying the settings

Page 155: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

143

1 Verifying the phase A setting

1.1 Verifying the current setting

Table 104 Current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_OL, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A

Fault current: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The alarm should be issued

95% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_OL, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A

Fault current: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The alarm should not be issued

1.2 Verifying the time setting

Table 105 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_OL, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The alarm should be issued, and the alarm time meet the

requirement in technical data

Page 156: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

144

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

8.10.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.10.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 106 Overload protection function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 2In I_OL Alarm Current setting for overload

protection A 0.05 100

2. 20 T_OL Alarm Time setting for overload

protection s 0.1 6000

Table 107 Overload protection binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1 Func_OL Overload function enabled or

disabled 0 1

8.11 Overvoltage protection

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.11.1 Verifying the settings

8.11.1.1 Verifying the settings of stage 1 of overvoltage protection

1 Phase-to-earth voltage discrimination

1.1 Verifying the phase A settings

Page 157: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

145

1.1.1 Verifying the voltage setting

Table 108 Voltage setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the voltage setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_OV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV PE, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Overvoltage phase: phase A

Overvoltage value: 105% of the setting value

Overvoltage time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the voltage setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_OV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV PE, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Overvoltage phase: phase A

Overvoltage value: 95% of the setting value

Overvoltage time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.1.2 Veritying the time setting

Table 109 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_OV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV PE, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV1 Trip, set

Page 158: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

146

Test item Description

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Overvoltage phase: phase A

Overvoltage value: 120% of the setting value

Overvoltage time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

1.1.3 Veritying the dropout ratio setting

Table 110 Dropout ratio setting verifying

Test item Description

101% of the dropout ratio setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_OV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV PE, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Overvoltage phase: phase A

Overvoltage value: 120% of the setting value

Overvoltage time: longer than the setting value

Dropout ratio: 101% of the setting value

Test result The protection function does not dropout

99% of the voltage setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_OV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV PE, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Overvoltage phase: phase A

Overvoltage value: 120% of the setting value

Overvoltage time: longer than the setting value

Page 159: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

147

Test item Description

Dropout ratio: 99% of the setting value

Test result The protection function dropout

1.2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

2 Phase-to-phase voltage discrimination

2.1 Verifying the phase AB settings

2.1.1 Verifying the voltage setting

Table 111 Voltage setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the voltage setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_OV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV PE, set the

binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Overvoltage phase: phase AB

Overvoltage value: 105% of the setting value

Overvoltage time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the voltage setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_OV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV PE, set the

binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation Overvoltage phase: phase AB

Page 160: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

148

Test item Description

Overvoltage value: 95% of the setting value

Overvoltage time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

2.1.2 Veritying the time setting

Table 112 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_OV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV PE, set the

binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Overvoltage phase: phase AB

Overvoltage value: 120% of the setting value

Overvoltage time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

2.1.3 Veritying the dropout ratio setting

Table 113 Dropout ratio setting verifying

Test item Description

101% of the dropout ratio setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_OV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV PE, set the

binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Overvoltage phase: phase AB

Overvoltage value: 120% of the setting value

Overvoltage time: longer than the setting value

Dropout ratio: 101% of the setting value

Page 161: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

149

Test item Description

Test result The protection function does not dropout

99% of the voltage setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_OV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV PE, set the

binary setting as 0

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/OV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Overvoltage phase: phase AB

Overvoltage value: 120% of the setting value

Overvoltage time: longer than the setting value

Dropout ratio: 99% of the setting value

Test result The protection function dropout

2.2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

8.11.1.2 Verifying the settings of stage 2 of overvoltage protection

The test method and test items of verifying the stage 2 of overvoltage

protection are same as stage 1, only need to change the corresponding test

conditions and settings into the conrresponding stage 2 required.

8.11.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.11.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 114 Overvoltage protection function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 65 U_OV1 Voltage setting for stage 1 of

overvoltage protection V 40 200

Page 162: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

150

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

2. 0.3 T_OV1 Time setting for stage 1 of

overvoltage protection s 0 60

3. 63 U_OV2 Voltage setting for stage 2 of

overvoltage protection V 40 200

4. 0.6 T_OV2 Time setting for stage 2 of

overvoltage protection s 0 60

5. 0.95 Dropout_OV Dropout ratio for overvoltage

protection 0.9 0.99

Table 115 Overvoltage protection binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1 Func_OV1 Overvoltage stage 1 enabled or

disabled 0 1

2. 0 OV1 Trip Overvoltage stage 1 trip or

alarm 0 1

3. 1 Func_OV2 Overvoltage stage 2 enabled or

disabled 0 1

4. 0 OV2 Trip Overvoltage stage 2 trip or

alarm 0 1

5. 1 OV PE

Phase to phase voltage or

phase to earth measured for

overvoltage protection

0 1

8.12 Undervoltage protection

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.12.1 Verifying the settings

8.12.1.1 Verifying the settings of stage 1 of undervoltage protection

1 Phase-to-earth voltage discrimination

1.1 Verifying the phase A settings

1.1.1 Verifying the voltage setting

Table 116 Voltage setting verifying

Page 163: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

151

Test item Description

95% of the voltage setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_UV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV PE, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Undervoltage phase: phase A

Undervoltage value: 95% of the setting value

Undervoltage time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the voltage setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_UV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV PE, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Undervoltage phase: phase A

Undervoltage value: 105% of the setting value

Undervoltage time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.1.2 Verifying the time setting

Table 117 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_UV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV PE, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Page 164: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

152

Test item Description

Fault simulation

Undervoltage phase: phase A

Undervoltage value: 80% of the setting value

Undervoltage time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

1.1.3 Verifying the current setting

Table 118 Current setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_UV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV Chk

Current, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV PE, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Undervoltage phase: phase A

Undervoltage value: 80% of the setting value

Current value: 95% of the setting value

Undervoltage time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

105% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_UV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV Chk

Current, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV PE, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Undervoltage phase: phase A

Undervoltage value: 80% of the setting value

Current value: 105% of the setting value

Page 165: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

153

Test item Description

Undervoltage time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

1.1.4 Verifying the auxiliary contact of circuit breaker

Table 119 Auxiliary contact supervision verifying

Test item Description

CB closed

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_UV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV Chk CB, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV PE, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three-phase CB state is “On”

Fault simulation

Undervoltage phase: phase A

Undervoltage value: 80% of the setting value

Undervoltage time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

CB opened

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_UV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV Chk CB, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV PE, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three-phase CB stage is “Off”

Fault simulation

Undervoltage phase: phase A

Undervoltage value: 80% of the setting value

Undervoltage time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.1.5 Verifying dropout ration setting

Page 166: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

154

Table 120 Dropout ratio setting verifying

Test item Description

101% of the dropout ratio setting value

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_UV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV PE, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Undervoltage phase: phase A

Undervoltage value: 80% of the setting value

Undervoltage time: longer than the setting value

Dropout ratio: 101% of the setting value

Test result The undervoltage protection function should dropout

99% of the dropout ratio setting value

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_UV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV PE, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Undervoltage phase: phase A

Undervoltage value: 80% of the setting value

Undervoltage time: longer than the setting value

Dropout ratio: 99% of the setting value

Test result The undervoltage protection function should not dropout

1.2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

2 Phase-to-earth voltage discrimination

The test method and test items of verifying the phase-to-phase voltage

discrimination are same as phase-to-earth voltage discrimination, only need

Page 167: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

155

to change the corresponding test conditions and settings into the

conrresponding phase-to-phase voltage discrimination required.

3 Undervoltage for three phases discrimination

Table 121 Three-phase undervoltage verifying

Test item Description

95% of the voltage setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_UV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV PE, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV Chk All

Phase, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Undervoltage phase: phase A, B, C

Undervoltage value: 95% of the setting value

Undervoltage time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

105% of the voltage setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/Func_UV1, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV PE, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV Chk All

Phase, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage/UV1 Trip, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Voltage, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Undervoltage phase: any one or two or three phase of phase A, B, C

Undervoltage value: 105% of the setting value

Undervoltage time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

8.12.1.2 Verifying the settings of stage 2 of undervoltage protection

The test method and test items of verifying the stage 2 of undervoltage

Page 168: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

156

protection are same as stage 1, only need to change the corresponding test

conditions and settings into the conrresponding stage 1 required.

8.12.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.12.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 122 Undervoltage protection function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 40 U_UV1 Voltage setting for stage 1 of

undervoltage protection V 5 150

2. 0.3 T_UV1 Time setting for stage 1 of

undervoltage protection s 0 60

3. 45 U_UV2 Voltage setting for stage 2 of

undervoltage protection V 5 150

4. 0.6 T_UV2 Time setting for stage 2 of

undervoltage protection s 0 60

5. 1.05 Dropout_UV Dropout ratio for undervoltage

protection 1.01 2

6. 0.1In I_UV_Chk Current setting for undervoltage

protection A 0.05 10

Table 123 Undervoltage protection binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0 Func_UV1 Undervoltage stage 1 enabled

or disabled 0 1

2. 0 UV1 Trip Undervotage stage 1 tripping or

alarming enabled or disabled 0 1

3. 0 Func_UV2 Undervoltage stage 2 enabled

or disabled 0 1

4. 0 UV2 Trip Undervotage stage 2 tripping or

alarming enabled or disabled 0 1

5. 1 UV PE

Phase to earth or phase to

phase measured for

undervoltage protection

0 1

6. 0 UV Chk All Phase Three phase voltage checked

for undervoltage protection 0 1

Page 169: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

157

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

7. 0 UV Chk Current Current setting for

undervoltage protection 0 1

8. 0 UV Chk CB CB Aux. contact supervised for

undervoltage protection 0 1

8.13 Circuit breaker failure protection

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.13.1 Verifying the settings of stage 1 of CBF protection

8.13.1.1 Verifying the settings of stage 1 of CBF protection

1 Verifying the phase A settings

1.1 Verifying the current setting

Table 124 Current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_CBF, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of initiation circuit breaker failure protection

Fault simulation

CBF phase: phase A

Current value: 105% of the setting value

CBF time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_CBF, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of initiation circuit breaker failure protection

Fault simulation

CBF phase: phase A

Current value: 95% of the setting value

CBF time: longer than the setting value

Page 170: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

158

Test item Description

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2 Verifying the zero-sequence current setting

Table 125 Zero-sequence current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the zero-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_CBF, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/CBF Chk 3I0/3I2,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of initiation circuit breaker failure protection

Fault simulation

CBF phase: phase A

Current value: 200% of the setting value

Zero-sequence current value: 105% of the setting value

CBF time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the zero-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_CBF, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/CBF Chk 3I0/3I2,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of initiation circuit breaker failure protection

Fault simulation

CBF phase: phase A

Current value: 200% of the setting value

Zero-sequence current value: 95% of the setting value

CBF time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.3 Verifying the negative-sequence current setting

Table 126 Negative-sequence current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the negative-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_CBF, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/CBF Chk 3I0/3I2,

Page 171: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

159

Test item Description

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of initiation circuit breaker failure protection

Fault simulation

CBF phase: phase A

Current value: 200% of the setting value

Negative-sequence current value: 105% of the setting value

CBF time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the negative-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_CBF, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/CBF Chk 3I0/3I2,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of initiation circuit breaker failure protection

Fault simulation

CBF phase: phase A

Current value: 200% of the setting value

Negative-sequence current value: 95% of the setting value

CBF time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.4 Verifying the CB status

Table 127 CB status verifying

Test item Description

The CB Open status is “Off”

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_CBF, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/ CBF Chk CB

Status, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of initiation circuit breaker failure protection

The CB open status is “Off”

Fault simulation

CBF phase: phase A

Current value: 70% of the setting value

CBF time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

The CB Open status is “On”

Page 172: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

160

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_CBF, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/ CBF Chk CB

Status, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of initiation circuit breaker failure protection

The CB Open status is “On”

Fault simulation

CBF phase: phase A

Current value: 70% of the setting value

CBF time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.5 Verifying the time setting

Table 128 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_CBF, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of initiation circuit breaker failure protection

Fault simulation

CBF phase: phase A

Current value: 200% of the setting value

CBF time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the settings of other phase

protection are same as phase A, only need to change the corresponding test

conditions and settings into the conrresponding phase A required.

3 Verifying the function of single-phase failure to trip three-phase

3.1 Verifying the time setting

Table 129 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_CBF, set the

Page 173: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

161

Test item Description

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/CBF 1P Trip 3P,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the single-phase binary input of initiation circuit breaker

failure protection

Fault simulation

CBF phase: phase A

Current value: 200% of the setting value

CBF time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

8.13.1.2 Verifying the settings of stage 2 of CBF protection

The test method and test items of verifying the stage 2 of CBF protection are

same as stage 1, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and

settings into the conrresponding stage 2 required.

Note: Stage 2 of CBF protection do not have the function of single-phase

failure to trip three phase.

8.13.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.13.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 130 CBF protection function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0.5In I_CBF Phase current setting for CBF

protection A 0.05 100

2. 0.2In 3I0_CBF Zero-sequence current setting

for CBF protection A 0.05 100

3. 0.2In 3I2_CBF Negative-sequence current

setting for CBF protection A 0.05 100

4. 0 T_CBF1 Delay time for stage 1 of CBF

protection s 0 32

5. 0.2 T_CBF2 Delay time for stage 2 of CBF s 0.1 32

Page 174: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

162

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

protection

6. 0.1 T_CBF 1P Trip 3P Time setting for single-phase

failure to trip three-phase s 0.05 32

Table 131 CBF protection binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1 Func_CBF CBF protection enabled or

disabled 0 1

2. 0 CBF 1P Trip 3P Single phase failure to trip three

phase enabled or disabled 0 1

3. 1 CBF Chk 3I0/3I2

Zero- and negative-sequence

current setting for CBF

protection

0 1

4. 0 CBF Chk CB Status CB auxiliary contact checked for

CBF protection 0 1

8.14 Dead zone protection

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.14.1 Verifying the settings

1 Verifying the phase A setting

1.1 Verifying the current setting

Table 132 Current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_Dead Zone,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_CBF, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB status is “Off”

Active the binary input of initiation circuit breaker failure protection

Page 175: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

163

Test item Description

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_Dead Zone,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_CBF, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB status is “Off”

Active the binary input of initiation circuit breaker failure protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2 Verifying the time setting

Table 133 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_Dead Zone,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_CBF, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Three phase CB status is “Off”

Active the binary input of initiation circuit breaker failure protection

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operated time meet the requirement in technical data

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

Page 176: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

164

8.14.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.14.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 134 Dead zone protection function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1 T_Dead Zone Time delay for dead zone

protection s 0 32

2. 0.5In I_CBF Phase current setting for CBF

protection A 0.05 100

Table 135 Dead zone protection binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1 Func_Dead Zone Dead Zone protection enabled or

disabled 0 1

2. 1 Func_CBF CBF protection enabled or

disabled 0 1

8.15 STUB protection

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.15.1 Verifying the settings

1 Verifying the phase A setting

1.1 Verifying the current setting

Table 136 Current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_STUB,

Page 177: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

165

Test item Description

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of STUB Enable

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 105% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_STUB,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of STUB Enable

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 95% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2 Verifying the time setting

Table 137 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current/Func_STUB,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Current, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of STUB Enable

Fault simulation

Fault type: phase A, instantanuous

Fault current: 200% of the setting value

Fault time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operated time meet the requirement in technical data

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

8.15.2 Completing the test

Page 178: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

166

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.15.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 138 STUB protection function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1.2In I_STUB Current setting for STUB protection A 0.5 100

2. 1 T_STUB Delay time for STUB protection s 0 60

Table 139 STUB protection binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0 Func_STUB STUB protection enabled or disabled 0 1

8.16 Poles discordance protection

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.16.1 Verifying the settings

8.16.1.1 Without the zero-sequence and nagetive-sequence current

discrimination

Table 140 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_PD, set the

binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input One or two of the three phase circuit breaker status is “Off”

Fault simulation The opened phase has no current

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

Page 179: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

167

8.16.1.2 Zero-sequence and negative-sequence current discrimination

1 Zero-sequence current discrimination

1.1 Verifying the zero-sequence current setting

Table 141 Zero-sequence current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the zero-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_PD, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/PD Chk 3I0/3I2, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input One or two of the three phase circuit breaker status is “Off”

Fault simulation

Opened phase: no current

Zero-sequence current: 105% of the setting value

Zero-sequence current time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the zero-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_PD, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/PD Chk 3I0/3I2, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input One or two of the three phase circuit breaker status is “Off”

Fault simulation

Opened phase: no current

Zero-sequence current: 95% of the setting value

Zero-sequence current time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2 Verifying the time setting

Table 142 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_PD, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/PD Chk 3I0/3I2, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

Page 180: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

168

Test item Description

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input One or two of the three phase circuit breaker status is “Off”

Fault simulation

Opened phase: no current

Zero-sequence current: 200% of the setting value

Zero-sequence current time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operated time meet the requirement in technical data

2 Negative-sequence current discrimination

2.1 Verifying the negative-sequence current setting

Table 143 Negative-sequence current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the negative-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_PD, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/PD Chk 3I0/3I2, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input One or two of the three phase circuit breaker status is “Off”

Fault simulation

Opened phase: no current

Negative-sequence current: 105% of the setting value

Negative-sequence current time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the negative-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_PD, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/PD Chk 3I0/3I2, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input One or two of the three phase circuit breaker status is “Off”

Fault simulation

Opened phase: no current

Negative-sequence current: 95% of the setting value

Negative-sequence current time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

2.2 Verifying the time setting

Table 144 Time setting verifying

Page 181: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

169

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/Func_PD, set the

binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF/PD Chk 3I0/3I2, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/CBF, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input One or two of the three phase circuit breaker status is “Off”

Fault simulation

Opened phase: no current

Negative-sequence current: 200% of the setting value

Negative-sequence current time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operated time meet the requirement in technical data

8.16.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.16.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 145 Poles discordance protection function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0.4In 3I0_PD Zero sequence current setting for

poles discordance protection A 0 100

2. 0.4In 3I2_PD Negative sequence current setting

for poles discordance protection A 0 100

3. 2 T_PD Time setting for poles discordance

protection s 0 60

Table 146 Poles discordance protection binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1 Func_PD Poles discordance protection enabled

or disabled 0 1

2. 0 PD Chk 3I0/3I2 Zero- or negative-sequence current

checking enabled or disabled 0 1

8.17 Synchro-check and energizing check function

Page 182: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

170

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.17.1 Verifying the settings

UA

UB

UC

UN

U4

UA

UB

UC

UN

U4

Tester IED

U4' U4'

Figure 16 Connection example of synchro-check function

If the tester can't provide the reference voltage U4, the wiring connection is

shown in Figure 17.

UA

UB

UC

UN

UA

UB

UC

UN

U4

Tester IED

U4'

Figure 17 Connection example of synchro-check function

Page 183: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

171

8.17.1.1 Synchro-check function

1 Verifying the phase A of synchro-check

1.1 Verifying the voltage difference

Table 147 Voltage difference setting verifying

Test item Description

≤ 1 V of the setting value

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_Syn

check, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Synchronism condition

Precondition: the synchro-check phase has been checked, and two

side of CB are injecting voltage for 3s

Synchro-check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: rated voltage

Reference voltage: large than (rated voltage value – voltage

difference setting)

Frequency difference: 0

Angle difference: 0

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of synchronazation OK is issued

> 1 V of the setting value

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_Syn

check, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Fault simulation

Precondition: the synchro-check phase has been checked, and two

side of CB are injecting voltage for 3s

Synchro-check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: rated voltage

Reference voltage: less than (rated voltage value – voltage

difference setting)

Frequency difference: 0

Angle difference: 0

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Page 184: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

172

Test item Description

Test result The report of voltage difference failure is issued

1.2 Verifying the frequency difference

Table 148 Frequency difference setting verifying

Test item Description

≤ 20 mHz of the setting value

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_Syn

check, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Synchronism condition

Precondition: the synchro-check phase has been checked, and two

side of CB are injecting voltage for 3s

Synchro-check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: rated voltage

Reference voltage: rated voltage

Voltage difference: 0

Frequency difference: less than the setting value

Angle difference: 0

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of synchronazation OK is issued

> 20 mHz of the setting value

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_Syn

check, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Fault simulation

Precondition: the synchro-check phase has been checked, and two

side of CB are injecting voltage for 3s

Synchro-check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: rated voltage

Reference voltage: rated voltage

Voltage difference: 0

Frequency difference: large than the setting value

Angle difference: 0

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of frequency difference failure is issued

Page 185: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

173

1.3 Verifying the angle difference

Table 149 Angle difference setting verifying

Test item Description

≤ 3° of the setting value

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_Syn

check, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Synchronism condition

Precondition: the synchro-check phase has been checked, and two

side of CB are injecting voltage for 3s

Synchro-check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: rated voltage

Reference voltage: rated voltage

Voltage difference: 0

Frequency difference: 0

Angle difference: less than the setting value

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of synchronazation OK is issued

> 3° of the setting value

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_Syn

check, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Fault simulation

Precondition: the synchro-check phase has been checked, and two

side of CB are injecting voltage for 3s

Synchro-check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: rated voltage

Reference voltage: rated voltage

Voltage difference: 0

Frequency difference: 0

Angle difference: large than the setting value

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of angle difference failure is issued

1.4 Verifying the minimum voltage for synchro-check

Page 186: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

174

Table 150 Minimum voltage for synchro-check setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the setting value

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_Syn

check, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Synchronism condition

Precondition: the synchro-check phase has been checked, and two

side of CB are injecting voltage for 3s

Synchro-check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: 120% of the setting value

Reference voltage: 105% of the setting value

Voltage difference: less than the voltage difference setting value

Frequency difference: 0

Angle difference: 0

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of synchro-check meet is issued

95% of the setting value

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_Syn

check, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Fault simulation

Precondition: the synchro-check phase has been checked, and two

side of CB are injecting voltage for 3s

Synchro-check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: 120% of the setting value

Reference voltage: 95% of the setting value

Voltage difference: less than the voltage difference setting value

Frequency difference: 0

Angle difference: 0

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of synchro-check failure is issued

2 Verifying the synchro-check settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

Page 187: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

175

into the conrresponding other phase required.

8.17.1.2 Energizing check

1 VT at busbar side

1.1 Verifying the phase A setting

1.1.1 Checking the dead line live busbar

Table 151 Maximum energizing voltage setting verifying

Test item Description

98% of the setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/

AR_EnergChkDLLB, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/VT_Line, set

the binary setting as 0

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Voltage condition

Energizing check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: rated voltage

Reference voltage: 98% of the setting value

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of energizing check meet is issued

102% of the setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/

AR_EnergChkDLLB, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/VT_Line, set

the binary setting as 0

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Fault simulation

Energizing check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: rated voltage

Reference voltage: 102% of the setting value, and less than the

minimum voltage setting of synchro-check function

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of energizing check failure is issued

Page 188: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

176

1.1.2 Checking the live line dead busbar

Table 152 Maximum energizing voltage setting verifying

Test item Description

102% of the setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/

AR_EnergChkLLDB, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/VT_Line, set

the binary setting as 0

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Voltage condition

Energizing check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: 0

Reference voltage: 102% of the setting value

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of energizing check meet is issued

98% of the setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/

AR_EnergChkLLDB, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/VT_Line, set

the binary setting as 0

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Fault simulation

Energizing check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: 0

Reference voltage: 98% of the setting value

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of energizing check failure is issued

1.1.3 Checking the dead line dead busbar

Table 153 Maximum energizing voltage setting verifying

Test item Description

98% of the setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/

AR_EnergChkDLDB, set the binary setting as 1

Page 189: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

177

Test item Description

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/VT_Line, set

the binary setting as 0

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Voltage condition

Energizing check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: 0

Reference voltage: 98% of the setting value

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of energizing check meet is issued

102% of the setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/

AR_EnergChkDLDB, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/VT_Line, set

the binary setting as 0

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Fault simulation

Energizing check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: 0

Reference voltage: 102% of the setting value

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of energizing check failure is issued

1.2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

2 VT at line side

2.1 Verifying the phase A setting

2.1.1 Checking the dead line live busbar

Table 154 Maximum energizing voltage setting verifying

Test item Description

Page 190: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

178

Test item Description

98% of the setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/

AR_EnergChkDLLB, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/VT_Line, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Voltage condition

Energizing check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: 98% of the setting value

Reference voltage: rated voltage

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of energizing check meet is issued

102% of the setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/

AR_EnergChkDLLB, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/VT_Line, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Fault simulation

Energizing check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: 102% of the setting value

Reference voltage: rated voltage

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of energizing check failure is issued

2.1.2 Checking the live line dead busbar

Table 155 Maximum energizing voltage setting verifying

Test item Description

102% of the setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/

AR_EnergChkLLDB, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/VT_Line, set

the binary setting as 1

Page 191: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

179

Test item Description

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Voltage condition

Energizing check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: 102% of the setting value

Reference voltage: 0

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of energizing check meet is issued

98% of the setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/

AR_EnergChkLLDB, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/VT_Line, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Fault simulation

Energizing check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: 98% of the setting value

Reference voltage: 0

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of energizing check failure is issued

2.1.3 Checking the dead line dead busbar

Table 156 Maximum energizing voltage setting verifying

Test item Description

98% of the setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/

AR_EnergChkDLDB, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/VT_Line, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Voltage condition

Energizing check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: 98% of the setting value

Reference voltage: 0

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Page 192: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

180

Test item Description

Test result The report of energizing check meet is issued

102% of the setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/

AR_EnergChkDLDB, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/VT_Line, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input Active the binary input of three-phase initiation reclosure from 1 to 0

Fault simulation

Energizing check phase: phase A

Three-phase voltage: 102% of the setting value

Reference voltage: 0

Checking time: longer than the setting value

Test result The report of energizing check failure is issued

2.2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

8.17.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.17.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 157 Synchro-check and energizing check function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 30 Angle_Syn Diff Angle difference for

synchro-check function Degree 1 80

2. 10 U_Syn Diff Voltage difference for

synchro-check function V 1 40

3. 0.05 Freq_Syn Diff Frequency difference for

synchro-check function Hz 0.02 2

4. 0.05 T_Syn Check Time for synchro-check

function s 0 60

Page 193: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

181

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

5. 10 T_MaxSynExt Maximum time for exiting

synchronization check s 0.05 60

6. 40 Umin_Syn Minimum voltage for

synchronization check V 30 65

7. 30 Umax_Energ Maximum voltage for

Energizing check V 10 50

Table 158 Synchro-check and energizing check binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0 AR_3p mode Three phase mode for AR

enabled or disabled 0 1

2. 0 AR_EnergChkDLLB

Dead line live bus of

energizing check for AR

enabled or disabled

0 1

3. 0 AR_EnergChkLLDB

Live line dead bus of

energizing check for AR

enabled or disabled

0 1

4. 0 AR_EnergChkDLDB

Dead line dead bus of

energizing check for AR

enabled or disabled

0 1

5. 0 AR_Syn check Synchronization check for AR

enabled or disabled 0 1

8.18 Auto-reclosing

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.18.1 Verifying the settings

8.18.1.1 Verifying the shot 1 of auto-reclosing function

1 Single-phase auto-reclosing mode

1.1 Verifying the phase A

Table 159 Phase A auto-reclosing verifying

Page 194: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

182

Test item Description

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_1p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input The binary input of auto-reclosing initiation from 1 to 0

Auto-reclosing

condition

Precondition: the time of auto-reclosing reset is met

Current: no current of phase A

Time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding contact of auto-reclosing is colsed

1.2 Verifying the other phase

The test method of verifying the other phase is same as phase A, only need to

change the corresponding test conditions and settings into the

conrresponding other phase required.

2 Three-phase auto-reclosing mode

Table 160 Three phase autoreclosing verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_3p mode,

set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_Syn

check, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input The binary input of three phase auto-reclosing initiation from 1 to 0

Auto-reclosing

condition

Precondition: the time of auto-reclosing reset is met

Synchronism: synchro-check is satisfied

Current: no current of phase ABC

Time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding contact of auto-reclosing is colsed

3 Single-phase/three-phase auto-reclosing mode

3.1 Verifying the phase A and three phase

Table 161 Phase A and three phase autoreclosing verifying

Test item Description

Single-phase auto-reclosing

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_1p(3p)

Page 195: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

183

Test item Description

mode, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input The binary input of phase A of auto-reclosing initiation from 1 to 0

Auto-reclosing

condition

Precondition: the time of auto-reclosing reset is met

Current: no current of phase A

Time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding contact of auto-reclosing is colsed

Three-phase auto-reclosing

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_1p(3p)

mode, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose/AR_Syn

check, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Reclose, the detail setting list

refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input The binary input of three phase auto-reclosing initiation from 1 to 0

Auto-reclosing

condition

Precondition: the time of auto-reclosing reset is met

Synchronism: synchro-check is satisfied

Current: no current of phase ABC

Time: longer than the setting value

Test result The corresponding contact of auto-reclosing is colsed

3.2 Verifying the other phase

The test method of verifying the other phase is same as described above,

only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings into the

conrresponding other phase required.

8.18.1.2 Verifying the other shots of auto-reclosing function

The test method of verifying the other short is same as shot 1, only need to

change the corresponding test conditions and settings into the

conrresponding shot 1 required.

8.18.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.18.3 Reference setting list for test

Page 196: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

184

Table 162 Auto-recloser function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0.6 T_1P AR1 Time delay setting for shot 1 of

single phase auto-reclosing s 0.05 10

2. 0.7 T_1P AR2 Time delay setting for shot 2 of

single phase auto-reclosing s 0.05 10

3. 0.8 T_1P AR3 Time delay setting for shot 3 of

single phase auto-reclosing s 0.05 10

4. 0.9 T_1P AR4 Time delay setting for shot 4 of

single phase auto-reclosing s 0.05 10

5. 1.1 T_3P AR1 Time delay setting for shot 1 of

three phase auto-reclosing s 0.05 60

6. 1.2 T_3P AR2 Time delay setting for shot 2 of

three phase auto-reclosing s 0.05 60

7. 1.3 T_3P AR3 Time delay setting for shot 3 of

three phase auto-reclosing s 0.05 60

8. 1.4 T_3P AR4 Time delay setting for shot 4 of

three phase auto-reclosing s 0.05 60

9. 80 T_Action Pulse length setting for

auto-reclosing s 80 500

10. 3 T_Reclaim Time setting for auto-reclosing

succeed s 0.05 60

11. 1 T_CB Faulty Time setting for spring charging s 0.5 60

12. 1 Times_AR Auto-reclosing number 1 4

13. 0.05 T_Syn Check Time setting for synchro-check

function s 0 60

14. 10 T_MaxSynExt Time setting for exiting the

synchronization checking s 0.05 60

15. 3 T_AR Reset Time setting for preparing for

future reclosure s 0.5 60

Table 163 Auto-recloser function binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0 AR Init By 2p AR Initiated by phase-to-phase

fault 0 1

2. 1 AR Init By 3p AR Initiated by three phase fault 0 1

3. 0 Tele_EF Init AR Auto-reclosing initiated by tele

earth fault protection 0 1

4. 0 EF1 Init AR Auto-reclosing initiated by stage

1 of earth fault protection 0 1

5. 0 EF2 Init AR Auto-reclosing initiated by stage 0 1

Page 197: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

185

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

2 of earth fault protection

6. 1 AR_1p mode Single phase auto-reclosing

mode 0 1

7. 0 AR_3p mode Three phase auto-reclosing

mode 0 1

8. 0 AR_1p(3p) mode Single/three phase

auto-reclosing mode 0 1

9. 0 AR_Disable Auto-reclosing function disabled 0 1

10. 1 AR_Override Override mode for AR enabled or

disabled 0 1

11. 0 AR_Syn check Synchro-check for AR enabled or

disabled 0 1

12. 0 AR_Chk3PVol Three phase voltage check for

single phase AR 0 1

13. 0 AR Final Trip Permanent trip 0 1

14. 0 1P CBOpen Init AR AR initiated by single phase CB

open 0 1

15. 0 3P CBOpen Init AR AR initiated by three phase CB

open 0 1

8.19 Current transformer secondary circuit supervision

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.19.1 Verifying the settings

1 Verifying the phase A setting

Table 164 Zero-sequence current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the zero-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/CT Fail, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation Fault type: phase A

Page 198: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

186

Test item Description

Fault current: 105% of the setting value

Test result The CT failure alarm is reported

95% of the zero-sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/CT Fail, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation Fault type: phase A

Fault current: 95% of the setting value

Test result The CT failure alarm is reported

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

8.19.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.19.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 165 CT failure supervision function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0.2In 3I0_CT Fail Maximum zero-sequence current for

detecting CT failure A 0.05 10

Table 166 CT failure supervision binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1 CT Fail CT failure function enabled or disabled 0 1

8.20 Voltage transformer secondary circuit supervision

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

Page 199: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

187

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.20.1 Verifying the settings

8.20.1.1 Three-phase VT failure surpervision

1 Verifying the phase-to-earth voltage setting

Table 167 Phase-to-earth voltage setting verifying

Test item Description

95% of the phase-to-earth voltage setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/VT Fail, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Startup element: no startup element detected

Phase failure: phase A, B, C

Voltage value: 95% of the phase-to-earth setting value

Current value: 150% of the setting value

Zero-sequence voltage: 0

Test result The VT failure alarm is reported

105% of the phase-to-earth voltage setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/VT Fail, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Startup element: no startup element detected

Phase failure: phase A, B, C

Voltage value: 105% of the phase-to-earth setting value

Current value: 150% of the setting value

Zero-sequence voltage: 0

Test result The VT failure alarm is not reported

2 Verifying the current setting

2.1 Verifying the phase current setting

Table 168 Current setting verifying

Page 200: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

188

Test item Description

105% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/VT Fail, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Startup element: no startup element detected

Phase failure: phase A, B, C

Voltage value: 80% of the setting value

Current value: 105% of the setting value

Zero-sequence voltage: 0

Test result The VT failure alarm is reported

95% of the current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/VT Fail, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Startup element: no startup element detected

Phase failure: phase A, B, C

Voltage value: 80% of the setting value

Current value: 95% of the setting value

Zero-sequence voltage: 0

Test result The VT failure alarm is not reported

2.2 Verifying the zero/negative sequence current setting

Table 169 Current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the Zero/negative sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/VT Fail, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Startup element: no startup element detected

Phase failure: phase A, B, C

Voltage value: 80% of the setting value

Current value: 150% of the setting value

Zero/negative sequence current value: 95% of the setting value

Zero-sequence voltage: 0

Test result The VT failure alarm is reported

Page 201: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

189

Test item Description

105% of the Zero/negative sequence current setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/VT Fail, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Startup element: no startup element detected

Phase failure: phase A, B, C

Voltage value: 80% of the setting value

Current value: 150% of the setting value

Zero/negative sequence current value: 105% of the setting value

Zero-sequence voltage: 0

Test result The VT failure alarm is not reported

8.20.1.2 Single/ two phases VT failure surpervision

1 Solid earthed system

1.1 Verifying the phase A setting

1.1.1 Verifying the phase-to-earth voltage setting

Table 170 Phase-to-earth voltage setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the phase-to-earth voltage setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/VT Fail, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/Solid

Earthed, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Startup element: no startup element detected

Phase failure: phase A

Zero-sequence voltage value: 105% of the phase-to-earth setting

value

Test result The VT failure alarm is reported

95% of the phase-to-earth voltage setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/VT Fail, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/Solid

Earthed, set the binary setting as 1

Page 202: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

190

Test item Description

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Startup element: no startup element detected

Phase failure: phase A

Zero-sequence voltage value: 95% of the phase-to-earth setting

value

Test result The VT failure alarm is not reported

1.2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

2 Isolated system

2.1 Verifying the phase A setting

2.1.1 Verifying the phase-to-earth voltage setting

Table 171 Phase-to-earth voltage setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the phase-to-earth voltage setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/VT Fail, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/Solid

Earthed, set the binary setting as 0

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Startup element: no startup element detected

Phase failure: phase A

Zero-sequence voltage value: 105% of the phase-to-earth setting

value

Max(Uab, Ubc, Uca) –Min(Uab, Ubc, Uca): 120% of the phase-to-phase

setting value

Test result The VT failure alarm is reported

95% of the phase-to-earth voltage setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/VT Fail, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/Solid

Page 203: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

191

Test item Description

Earthed, set the binary setting as 0

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Startup element: no startup element detected

Phase failure: phase A

Zero-sequence voltage value: 95% of the phase-to-earth setting

value

Max(Uab, Ubc, Uca) –Min(Uab, Ubc, Uca): 120% of the phase-to-phase

setting value

Test result The VT failure alarm is not reported

2.1.2 Verifying the phase-to-phase voltage setting

Table 172 phase-to-phase voltage setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the phase-to-phase voltage setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/VT Fail, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/Solid

Earthed, set the binary setting as 0

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Startup element: no startup element detected

Phase failure: phase A

Zero-sequence voltage value: 120% of the phase-to-earth setting

value

Max(Uab, Ubc, Uca) –Min(Uab, Ubc, Uca): 105% of the phase-to-phase

setting value

Test result The VT failure alarm is reported

95% of the phase-to-phase voltage setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/VT Fail, set

the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/Solid

Earthed, set the binary setting as 0

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Startup element: no startup element detected

Phase failure: phase A

Zero-sequence voltage value: 105% of the phase-to-earth setting

Page 204: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

192

Test item Description

value

Max(Uab, Ubc, Uca) –Min(Uab, Ubc, Uca): 95% of the phase-to-phase

setting value

Test result The VT failure alarm is not reported

2.2 Verifying the settings of other phase

The test method and test items of verifying the other phase are same as

phase A, only need to change the corresponding test conditions and settings

into the conrresponding other phase required.

8.20.1.3 Verifying the voltage restoring setting

1 Verifying the voltage setting

Table 173 Voltage setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the voltage setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/VT Fail, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Voltage value: 105% of the setting value

Current value: 150% of the setting value

Zero/negative sequence current value: 150% of the setting value

Test result The information of voltage restoring should be reported

95% of the voltage setting verifying

Binary setting Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/VT Fail, set

the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input None

Fault simulation

Precondition: VT failure

Voltage value: 95% of the setting value

Current value: 150% of the setting value

Zero/negative sequence current value: 150% of the setting value

Test result The information of voltage restoring should not be reported

8.20.2 Completing the test

Page 205: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

193

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.20.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 174 VT failure supervision function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0.1In I_VT Fail Maximum current for detecting VT

failure A 0.05 1

2. 0.1In 3I02_VT Fail

Maximum zero- and negative-

sequence current for detecting VT

failure

A 0.05 1

3. 8 Upe_VT Fail Maximum phase to earth voltage for

detecting VT failure V 7 20

4. 16 Upp_VT Fail Maximum phase to phase voltage

for detecting VT failure V 10 30

5. 40 Upe_VT Normal Minimum normal phase to earth for

VT restoring V 40 65

Table 175 VT failure supervision function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1 VT Fail VT failure supervision function

enabled or disabled 0 1

2. 1 Solid Earthed Solid earthed system or isolated

system 0 1

8.21 Monitoring function

8.21.1 Phase sequence of voltage and current monitoring

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.21.1.1 Testing the function

Table 176 Checking the phase-sequence of voltage and current

Test item Description

Page 206: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

194

Test item Description

Binary setting None

Setting value None

Binary input None

Fault simulation Current: phase A from tester connected to terminal B of IED

Voltage: correct three-phase voltage connected to IED

Test result The alarm is issued

8.21.1.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.21.2 3I0 polarity monitoring

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.21.2.1 Testing the function

Table 177 Checking the 3I0 polarity

Test item Description

Binary setting None

Setting value None

Binary input None

Fault simulation Three-phase current: correct three-phase current

Zero-sequence current: 3I0 connection externally in reverse

Test result The alarm is issued

8.21.2.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.21.3 Monitoring third harmonic of voltage

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

Page 207: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

195

8.21.3.1 Verifying the setting

Table 178 Checking the third harmonic of voltage

Test item Description

105% of the setting value

Binary setting None

Setting value None

Binary input None

Fault simulation Harmonic value: 105% of the setting value

Test result The alarm is issued

95% of the setting value

Binary setting None

Setting value None

Binary input None

Fault simulation Harmonic value: 95% of the setting value

Test result The alarm is not issued

8.21.3.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.21.3.3 Reference setting list for test

Note: The setting value of third harmonic voltage is 4V, and the value can't be

modified.

8.21.4 Reference voltage monitoring

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.21.4.1 Verifying the setting

For the reference voltage verifying, the user can refer to the section of

“Synchro-check and energizing check function” in this chapter.

8.21.4.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

Page 208: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

196

8.21.5 Auxiliary contact of circuit breaker monitoring

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.21.5.1 Testing the function

1 Checking the auxiliary contact of CB of phase A

Table 179 Auxiliary contact of circuit breaker verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting None

Setting value None

Binary input The binary input of CB Open status is “On”

Fault simulation Current: input the rated current into the phase A

Test result The alarm is issued

2 Checking the auxiliary contact of CB of other phase

The test method of checking the other phase are same as phase A, only need

to change the corresponding test conditions into the conrresponding other

phase required.

8.21.5.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.21.6 Broken conductor monitoring

Before starting the test, please make sure that the protection function setting

values and parameters are correct, refer to section Introduction, Points for

attention during testing and Preparing for test in this chapter.

8.21.6.1 Verifying the settings

1 Verifying the setting of phase A

1.1 Verifying the negative-sequence current setting

Page 209: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

197

Table 180 Negative-sequence current setting verifying

Test item Description

105% of the setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/

Func_Broken, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/Broken

Conduct Trip, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input The circuit breaker status of phase A is “Off”

Fault simulation Fault type: phase A

Negative-sequence current: 105% of the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed

95% of the setting verifying

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/

Func_Broken, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/Broken

Conduct Trip, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input The circuit breaker status of phase A is “Off”

Fault simulation Fault type: phase A

Negative-sequence current: 95% of the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should not close

1.2 Verifying the time setting

Table 181 Time setting verifying

Test item Description

Binary setting

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/

Func_Broken, set the binary setting as 1

Settings/ProtContwd/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common/Broken

Conduct Trip, set the binary setting as 1

Setting value Settings/ProtSet/Pls Input SetGrNo/Common, the detail setting

list refer to the “Reference setting list for test” in this section

Binary input The circuit breaker status of phase A is “Off”

Fault simulation Fault type: phase A

Negative-sequence current: 200% of the setting value

Test result The corresponding output contacts should be closed, and the

operate time meet the requirement in technical data

2 Verifying the settings of other phase

Page 210: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

198

The test method of checking the other phase are same as phase A, only need

to change the corresponding test conditions into the conrresponding other

phase required.

8.21.6.2 Completing the test

Continue to test another function or end the test. Restore connections and

settings to their original values, if they were changed for testing purposes.

8.21.6.3 Reference setting list for test

Table 182 Broken conductor supervision function setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 2In 3I2_Broken Conduct Negative-sequence

current setting A 0.05 10

2. 10 T_Broken Conduct Time delay of broken

conduct s 0 250

Table 183 Broken conductor supervision binary setting list

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1 Func_Broken Conduct Broken conduct function

enabled or disabled 0 1

2. 0 Broken Conduct Trip Broken conduct tripping or

alarming 0 1

Page 211: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

199

9 Checking before operation

Note: The following items are only for reference. Users should make the

proper operation guideline based on the actual site conditions

9.1 Checking the LED

Power on the IED, the LED “Run” is lit steadily in green, other LEDs should be

extinguished.

9.2 Checking the display on LCD

In normal operation condition, the information of “year-month-day, hour :

minute : second, magnitude and angle of analog quantities, channel state,

current setting group: 01” should be scrolling displayed on the LCD.

9.3 Checking the clock

After setting the date and time of the IED, power on and off the IED with five

times in short time, checking the tolerance of date and time is within the

permissible range.

9.4 Checking the voltage and current

Inject system currents (load current must be larger than 0.08In) and voltages

into the IED, and then check whether the magnitude, phase angle, polarity

and phase sequence of each measuring analog value are correct or not.

9.5 Checking the setting group

Make sure the active setting group is correct.

9.6 Checking the setting

Checking the settings one by one of each group which are possibly used in

the actual operation modes.

Page 212: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 6 IED testing

200

9.7 Checking the binary input

Check the state of all binary inputs. Particularly ensure that the IED is not in

test mode, meaning there is not a hand type icon displayed at the upright

corner of the LCD.

9.8 Checking the normal operation mode

9.8.1 Trip and close test with the circuit breaker

9.8.1.1 Switching the circuit breaker state by local command

Trip and close the circuit breaker, the corresponding feedback state of circuit

breaker injected via binary inputs should be read out and compared with the

actual state of circuit breaker, the displayed state should be in accordance

with the actual state.

9.8.1.2 Switching the circuit breaker state from remote control center

If the IED is connected to a remote substation via SCADA, the corresponding

switching tests may also be checked from the substation.

9.9 Put into operation

If all the checking items described above and the other checking items need

to be performed according to the site condition have been checked and

correct, the IED can be put into operation.

Page 213: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 7 Operating maintenance

201

Chapter 7 Operating maintenance

About this chapter

This chapter introduces attentions and the required checking,

operation after updating software or replacing modules and the

measure for alarm information.

Page 214: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 7 Operating maintenance

202

1 Attentions during operating

Warning

Do not disconnect the secondary circuit connection of current

transformer without short-circuiting the transformer's secondary

winding. Operating a current transformer with the secondary

winding open will cause a masssive potential that may damage the

current transformer and may cause injuries to humans.

Caution

Never connect or disconnect a wire and/or a connector to or from a

IED during normal operation. Dangerous voltages and currents are

present that may be lethal. Operation may be disrupted and IED and

measuring circuitry may be damaged.

Note

Strictly follow the power system operation maintenance instruction

or regulations, the following items for reference:

During operating, prohibition the following operation manually:

Touch the parts of IED with electricity

Plug in and pull out each module

Manually operation to the HMI menu:

Testing binary output

Changing setting value

Setting systme parameter

Changing the IP address

Fault occurrence during operation, if the protection IED tripping, the

corresponding LED in front panel will be lighted, and the event reports

will be displayed in HMI; if the auto-reclosing function operate, the

Page 215: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 7 Operating maintenance

203

corresponding LED will be lighted and the reports will be displayed in

HMI

If the alarming class I appearance during operation, stop running the IED,

record the alarm information and inform the responsible engineer, at this

time, it is not allowed to press the Reset button. If the alarming class II

appearance, record the alarm information and inform the responsible

engineer to analyse and deal with.

Page 216: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 7 Operating maintenance

204

2 Routine checking

Checking the LEDs status

Checking scroll display information in HMI

Checking the setting group number

Page 217: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 7 Operating maintenance

205

3 Periodical checking

Check that the inside and outside of the IED are cleanly and no ash

deposition

All components (including the chips, transformer and relay, etc.) of the

IED are fixed well, no loosing phenomenon, the IED apperance is regular

and no damage and distortion phenomenon

The buttons are operated flexibly with good feeling and fixed reliably

All the IED terminals for connection are firmd without loosing

phenomenon, and the marked number are clear and correct

Energizing the IED with DC power supply for several seconds, the green

“Run” LED will be lighted without any alarm or operation lED lighted (if

lighted, press Reset button to reset), the analog quantities is displayed in

HMI

Check the zero drift and scale

Check the operation setting values

Measure the output voltage of power supply

Check the alarm circuit

Check the binary input

Check the tripping and closing circuit

Test the insulation resistance

Page 218: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 7 Operating maintenance

206

4 Operation after updating software or replacing modules

4.1 Operation after updating software or replacing CPU module

If the IED software needs to be updated or the CPU module needs to be

replaced for some problem that can’t be handled during operation, the

corresponding operation as follows:

Check the address jumper of CPU module is correct, and input and write

the setting values and parameters

Check the CPU software version number and CRC code

Check the zero drift and scale of all analog quantities channel again

Test all the binary inputs and outputs

Check the setting value and setting group

Perform other relevant testing according to the user’s site operating

regulation before the IED is in service

4.2 Operation after updating software or replacing communication module

Downloading the latest version configuration files to the communication

module by software tool

Checking the detail information for the following items:

Checking the communication module version and the software

version

Checking the communication parameter and protocol, etc.

Configuring the communication module configuration according to the

former configuration or enter into the former configuration again

Set the following parameters:

Page 219: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 7 Operating maintenance

207

The setting value property and communication mode

Set the network address

Set the IED time again

Check the scroll display is correct after energizing

Perform relevant testing operation

4.3 Operation after replacing the binary input or output module

Check the address jumper of the module is correct

Test all the binary inputs or outputs and the related external secondary

circuit before the IED is in service

4.4 Operation after replacing the analog input module

Check the value and polarity of all analog quantities channel is correct

4.5 Operation after replacing power supply module

Check the accuracy of the output voltage

Test the output relay

Test the binary inputs

Page 220: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 7 Operating maintenance

208

5 The alarm information and measure

5.1 Alarm information class I and the measure

Table 184 Alarm information class I and the measure

Information Description

BI Config Err Binary input configuration is error

BO Breakdown Binary output breakdown

BO EEPROM Err The EEPROM of binary output is error

BO No Response No response of binary output

BOConfig Err Binary output configuration is error

EquipPara Err Equipment parameter is error

ROM Verify Err ROM verifying is error

Sampling Err Sampling is error

Set Group Err Setting group is error

Setting Err Setting value is error

Soft Version Err Soft version is error

Sys Config Err System configuration is error

5.2 Alarm information class II and the measure

Table 185 Alarm information class II and the measure

Information Description

3I0 Reverse 3I0 reverse

3Ph Seq Err Three phase sequence error

AI Channel Err Analog input channel error

AR Mode Alarm Autoreloser mode alarm

Battery Off Battery off

BI Breakdown Binary input breakdown

BI Check Err Binary input checking is error

BI Comm Fail Binary input communication fail

BI EEPROM Err The EEPROM of binary input is error

BI Input Err Binary input error

BI_Init CBF Err Binary input for initiation CBF protection error

BI_V1P_MCB Err Binary input error of single phase MCB

BI_V3P_MCB Err Binary input error of three phase MCB

BO Comm Fail Binary output communication fail

BRKN COND Alarm Broken conductor alarm

Carr Fail(DEF) Carrier fail (directional earth fault protection)

Page 221: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 7 Operating maintenance

209

Information Description

Carr Fail(Dist) Carrier fail (distance protection)

CB Err Blk PD Circuit breaker error for blocking pole discordance protection

CT Fail CT Fail

FLASH Check Err FLASH checking is error

Func_Dist Blk Function of blocking distance protection

Func_UV Blk Function of blocking undervoltage protection

NO/NC Discord NO/NC discord

OV/UV Trip Fail Overvoltage/undervoltage protection trip fail

OV1 Alarm Stage 1 of overvoltage protection alarm

OV2 Alarm Stage 2 of overvoltage protection alarm

Overload Alarm Overload alarm

PD Trip Fail Pole discordance protection trip fail

PhA CB Open Err Phase A of circuit breaker open error

PhB CB Open Err Phase B of circuit breaker open error

PhB CB Open Err Phase C of circuit breaker open error

SRAM Check Err SRAM checking is error

SYN Voltage Err Synchronization voltage error

Tele Mode Alarm Tele mode alarm

Test BO Un_reset Do not reset after testing binary output

Trip Fail Trip fail

U_3rd_Harm Alarm Third harmonic of voltage alarm

UV1 Alarm Stage 1 of undervoltage protection alarm

UV2 Alarm Stage 2 of undervoltage protection alarm

V1P_MCB VT Fail Single phase VT fail of MCB

V3P_MCB VT Fail Three phase VT fail of MCB

VT Fail Voltage transformer fail

Page 222: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 7 Operating maintenance

210

Page 223: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 8 Transportation and storage

211

Chapter 8 Transportation and storage

About this chapter

This chapter describes how to transport and store the IED.

Page 224: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 8 Transportation and storage

212

1 Transportion

The IED can be transported by means of conveyance, such as car, train, ship, etc. In order to ensure the perfect performance of the IED, prevent the IED from rain, snow, vibration, shock and bump.

Page 225: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 8 Transportation and storage

213

2 Storage

If the IED is to be stored before installation, this is must be done in the original

transport casing in a dry and dust free place. The packed IED should be

stored in a waterproof and snow proof place without acid or alkaline or other

corrosive gas and explosive gas. The storage temperature is from -25°C to

+40°C, and the relative humidity does not exceed 80%. Observe the

environmental requirements stated in the technical data.

Page 226: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 8 Transportation and storage

214

Page 227: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 9 Appendix

215

Chapter 9 Appendix

About this chapter

This chapter contains the diagram of modules arrangement,

typical connection, glossary and the protocol data table.

Page 228: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 9 Appendix

216

1 Arrangement diagram of modules

Test port

X3

COM

X2X4X5X6X7X8 X1

AIM

X10

PSM

Ethernet ports Fiber Optical ports

X 9

For BIM and BOM

Figure 18 The arrangement diagram of modules

Page 229: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 9 Appendix

217

2 Typical diagram

A. For one breaker of single or double busbar arrangement

IA

IB

IC

UB

UA

UC

U4

IN

UN

Protection IED

A

B

C

* * *

a01

a02

a03

a04

b01

b02

b03

b04

a12

a11

b11

b12

a10

b10

Figure 19 Typical connection diagram for one breaker of single or double busbar

arrangement

Page 230: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 9 Appendix

218

B. For one and half breaker arrangement

* **

IA

IB

IC

UB

UA

UC

U4

IN

UN

Protection IED

a01

a02

a03

a04

b01

b02

b03

b04

a12

a11

b11

b12

a10

b10

A

B

C

A

B

C

* **

Figure 20 Typical connection diagram for one and half breaker arrangement

Page 231: CSC-101 Line Protection IED Engineering and Operation Manual...This manual is valid for CSC-101 Line Protection IED. Technical support In case of further questions concerning the CSC

Chapter 9 Appendix

219

C. For parallel lines

IA

IB

IC

UB

UA

UC

U4

IN

UN

Protection IED

A

B

C

* * *

a01

a02

a03

a04

b01

b02

b03

b04

a12

a11

b11

b12

a10

b10

***

INM

a05

b05

Figure 21 Typical connection diagram for parallel lines